Tracts, mathematical and philosophical: By Charles Hutton, ... Vol.1.

About this Item

Title
Tracts, mathematical and philosophical: By Charles Hutton, ... Vol.1.
Author
Hutton, Charles, 1737-1823.
Publication
London :: printed for G. G. J. and J. Robinson,
1786.
Rights/Permissions

To the extent possible under law, the Text Creation Partnership has waived all copyright and related or neighboring rights to this keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above, according to the terms of the CC0 1.0 Public Domain Dedication (http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/). This waiver does not extend to any page images or other supplementary files associated with this work, which may be protected by copyright or other license restrictions. Please go to http://www.lib.umich.edu/tcp/ecco/ for more information.

Link to this Item
http://name.umdl.umich.edu/004886915.0001.000
Cite this Item
"Tracts, mathematical and philosophical: By Charles Hutton, ... Vol.1." In the digital collection Eighteenth Century Collections Online. https://name.umdl.umich.edu/004886915.0001.000. University of Michigan Library Digital Collections. Accessed April 25, 2025.

Pages

Page [unnumbered]

MATHEMATICAL TRACTS, &c.

TRACT I. A Dissertation on the Nature and Value of Infinite Series.

1. ABOUT five years since I discovered a very general and easy method of valuing series whose terms are alternately positive and negative, which equally applies to such series, whether they be converging, or diverging, or their terms all equal; together with seve∣ral other properties relating to certain series: and as we shall have occasion to deliver some of those matters in the course of these tracts, I shall take this opportunity of premising a few ideas and remarks on the nature and valuation of some of the classes of series which form the object of those communications. This is done with a view to obviate

Page 2

any misconceptions that might, perhaps, be made concerning the idea annexed to the term value of such series in those intended tracts, and the sense in which it is there always to be understood; which is the more necessary, as many controversies have been warmly agitated concerning these matters, not only of late, by some of our own countrymen, but also by others among the ablest mathematicians in Europe, at different periods in the course of the present century; and all this, it seems, through the want of specifying in what sense the term value or sum was to be understood in their dissertations. And in this discourse, I shall follow, in a great measure, the sentiments and manner of the late famous L. Euler, contained in a similar memoir of his in the fifth volume of the New Petersburgh Commentaries, adding and intermix∣ing here and there other remarks and observations of my own.

2. By a converging series, I mean such a one whose terms continually decrease; and by a diverging series, that whose terms continually in∣crease. So that a series whose terms neither increase nor decrease, but are all equal, as they neither converge nor diverge, may be called a neutral series, as aa + aa + &c. Now converging series, being supposed infinitely continued, may have their terms decreasing to o as a limit, as the series 1 − ½ + ⅓ − ¼ + &c. or only decreasing to some finite magnitude as a limit, as the series 2/1 − 3/2 + 4/3 − 5/4 + &c. which tends continually to 1 as a limit. So in like manner, diverging series may have their terms tending to a limit that is either finite or infinitely great; thus the terms 1 − 2 + 3 − 4 + &c. diverge to infinity, but the diverging terms ½ − ⅔ + ¾ − ⅘ + &c. only to the finite magnitude 1. Hence then, as the ultimate terms of series which do not converge to o, by supposing them continued in infinitum, may be either finite or infinite, there will be two kinds of such series, each of which will be farther divided into two species, according as the terms shall either be all affected with the same sign, or have alternately the signs + and −. We shall, therefore, have altogether four species of series which do not converge to o, an example of each of which may be as here follows:

Page 3

  • I. 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + &c.
  • I. ½ + ⅔ + ¾ + ⅘ + ⅚ + 6/7 + &c.
  • II. 1 − 1 + 1 − 1 + 1 − 1 + &c.
  • II. ½ − ⅔ + ¾ − ⅘ + ⅚ − 6/7 + &c.
  • III. 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + &c.
  • III. 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + 32 + &c.
  • IV. 1 − 2 + 3 − 4 + 5 − 6 + &c.
  • IV. 1 − 2 + 4 − 8 + 16 − 32 + &c.

3. Now concerning the sums of these species of series, there have been great dissensions among mathematicians; some affirming that they can be expressed by a certain sum, while others deny it. In the first place, however, it is evident that the sums of such series as come under the first of these species, will be really infinitely great, since by actually collecting the terms, we can arrive at a sum greater than any proposed number whatever: and hence there can be no doubt but that the sums of this species of series may be exhibited by expressions of this kind a/0. It is concerning the other species, therefore, that mathe∣maticians have chiefly differed; and the arguments which both sides allege in defence of their opinions, have been endued with such force, that neither party could hitherto be brought to yield to the other.

4. As to the second species, the famous Leibnitz was one of the first who treated of this series 1 − 1 + 1 − 1 + 1 − 1 + &c. and he concluded the sum of it to = ½, relying upon the following cogent reasons. And first, that this series arises by resolving the fraction 1/1+a into the series 1 − a + a 2a 3 + a 4a 5 + &c. by continual division in the usual way, and taking the value of a equal to unity. Secondly, for more confirmation, and for persuading such as are not accustomed to cal∣culations, he reasons in the following manner: If the series terminate any where, and if the number of the terms be even, then its value will be = 0;

Page 4

but if the number of terms be odd, the value of the series will be = 1: but because the series proceeds in infinitum, and that the number of the terms cannot be reckoned either odd or even, we may conclude that the sum is neither = 0, nor = 1, but that it must obtain a certain middle value, equidifferent from both, and which is therefore = ½. And thus, he adds, nature adheres to the universal law of justice, giving no partial preference to either side.

5. Against these arguments the adverse party make use of such objec∣tions as the following. First, that the fraction 1/1+a is not equal to the infinite series 1 − a + a 2a 3 + &c. unless a be a fraction less than unity. For if the division be any where broken off, and the quotient of the remainder be added, the cause of the paralogism will be mani∣fest; for we shall then have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; and that although the number n should be made infi∣nite, yet the supplemental fraction 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 ought not to be omitted, unless it should become evanescent, which happens only in those cases in which a is less than 1, and the terms of the series converge to 0. But that in other cases there ought always to be included this kind of supplement 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; and although it be affected with the dubious sign 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, namely − or + according as n shall be an even or an odd number, yet if n be infinite, it may not therefore be omitted, under the pretence that an infinite number is neither odd nor even, and that there is no reason why the one sign should be used rather than the other; for it is absurd to suppose that there can be any integer number, even although it be infinite, which is neither odd nor even.

6. But this objection is rejected by those who attribute determinate sums to diverging series, because it considers an infinite number as a determinate number, and therefore either odd or even, when it is really

Page 5

indeterminate. For that it is contrary to the very idea of a series, said to proceed in infinitum, to conceive any term of it as the last, although infinite: and that therefore the objection above-mentioned, of the supplement to be added or subtracted, naturally falls of itself. Therefore, since an infinite series never terminates, we never can arrive at the place where that supplement must be joined; and therefore that the supplement not only may, but indeed ought to be neglected, because there is no place found for it.

And these arguments, adduced either for or against the sums of such series as above, hold also in the fourth species, which is not otherwise embarrassed with any further doubts peculiar to itself.

7. But those who dispute against the sums of such series, think they have the firmest hold in the third species. For although the terms of these series continually increase, and that, by actually collect∣ing the terms, we can arrive at a sum greater than any assignable num∣ber, which is the very definition of infinity; yet the patrons of the sums are forced to admit, in this species, series whose sums are not only finite, but even negative, or less than nothing. For since the fraction 1/1−a , by evolving it by division, becomes 1 + a + a 2 + a 3 + a 4 + &c. we should have

  • 1/1−2 = − 1 = 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + &c.
  • 1/1−3 = − ½ = 1 + 3 + 9 + 27 + 81 + &c.
which their adversaries, not undeservedly, hold to be absurd, since by the addition of affirmative numbers, we can never obtain a negative sum; and hence they urge that there is the greater necessity for includ∣ing the before-mentioned supplement additive, since by taking it in, it is evident that − 1 = 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 ........ 2n + 2n+1/1−2, although n should be an infinite number.

Page 6

8. The defenders therefore of the sums of such series, in order to reconcile this striking paradox, more subtle perhaps than true, make a distinction between negative quantities; for they argue that while some are less than nothing, there are others greater than infinite, or above infinity. Namely, that the one value of −1 ought to be understood, when it is conceived to arise from the subtraction of a greater number a + 1 from a less a; but the other value, when it is found equal to the series 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + &c. and arising from the division of the number 1 by −1; for that in the former case it is less than nothing, but in the latter greater than infinite. For the more confirmation, they bring this example of fractions ¼, ⅓, ½, 1/1, 1/0, 1/−1, 1/−2, 1/−3, &c. which, evidently increasing in the leading terms, it is inferred will con∣tinually increase; and hence they conclude that 1/−1 is greater than 1/0, and 1/−2 greater than 1/−1, and so on: and therefore as 1/−1 is expressed by −1, and 1/0 by ∼ or infinity, −1 will be greater than ∼, and much more will −½ be greater than ∼. And thus they ingeniously enough repel∣led that apparent absurdity by itself.

9. But although this distinction seemed to be ingeniously devised, it gave but little satisfaction to the adversaries; and besides, it seemed to affect the truth of the rules of algebra. For if the two values of −1, namely 1 − 2 and 1/−1, be really different from each other, as we may not confound them, the certainty and the use of the rules, which we follow in making calculations, would be quite done away; which would be a greater absurdity than that for whose sake the distinction was devised: but if 1 − 2 = 1/−1, as the rules of algebra require, for by multiplication 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, the matter in debate is not settled; since the quantity −1, to which the series 1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + &c. is made equal, is less than nothing, and therefore the same difficulty still remains. In the mean time however, it seems but agreeable to truth, to say that the same quantities which are below nothing, may be

Page 7

taken as above infinite. For we know, not only from algebra, but from geometry also, that there are two ways, by which quantities pass from positive to negative, the one through the cypher or nothing, and the other through infinity: and besides that quantities, either by in∣creasing or decreasing from the cypher, return again, and revert to the same term o; so that quantities more than infinite are the same with quantities less than nothing, like as quantities less than infinite agree with quantities greater than nothing.

10. But, farther, those who deny the truth of the sums that have been assigned to diverging series, not only omit to assign other values for the sums, but even set themselves utterly to oppose all sums belong∣ing to such series, as things merely imaginary. For a converging series, as suppose this 1 + ½ + ¼ + ⅛ + &c. will admit of a sum = 2, because the more terms of this series we actually add, the nearer we come to the number 2: but in diverging series the case is quite different; for the more terms we add, the more do the sums which are produced differ from one another, neither do they ever tend to any certain deter∣minate value. Hence they conclude that no idea of a sum can be applied to diverging series, and that the labour of those persons who employ themselves in investigating the sums of such series, is manifestly useless, and indeed contrary to the very principles of analysis.

11. But notwithstanding this seemingly real difference, yet neither party could ever convict the other of any error, whenever the use of series of this kind has occurred in analysis; and for this good reason, that neither party is in an error, but that the whole difference consists in words only. For if in any calculation I arrive at this series 1 − 1 + 1 − 1 + &c. and that I substitute ½ instead of it; I shall surely not thereby commit any error; which however I should certainly incur if I substitute any other number instead of that series; and hence there remains no doubt but that the series 1 − 1 + 1 − 1 + &c. and the

Page 8

fraction ½, are equivalent quantities, and that the one may always be substituted instead of the other without error. So that the whole mat∣ter in dispute seems to be reduced to this only, namely, whether the fraction ½ can be properly called the sum of the series 1 − 1 + 1 − 1 + &c. Now if any persons should obstinately deny this, since they will not however venture to deny the fraction to be equivalent to the series, it is greatly to be feared they will fall into mere quarrelling about words.

12. But perhaps the whole dispute will easily be compromised, by carefully attending to what follows. Whenever, in analysis, we arrive at a complex function or expression, either fractional or transcendental; it is usual to convert it into a convenient series, to which the remaining calculus may be more easily applied. And hence the occasion and rise of infinite series. So far only then do infinite series take place in analytics, as they arise from the evolution of some finite expression; and therefore, instead of an infinite series, in any calculus, we may substitute that formula, from whose evolution it arose. And hence, for performing calculations with more ease or more benefit, like as rules are usually given for converting into infinite series such finite expressions as are endued with less proper forms; so, on the other hand, those rules are to be esteemed not less useful by the help of which we may investi∣gate the finite expression from which a proposed infinite series would result, if that finite expression should be evolved by the proper rules: and since this expression may always, without error, be substituted in∣stead of the infinite series, they must necessarily be of the same value: and hence no infinite series can be proposed, but a finite expression may, at the same time, be conceived as equivalent to it.

13. If therefore, we only so far change the received notion of a sum as to say, that the sum of any series, is the finite expression by the evolution of which that series may be produced, all the difficulties,

Page 9

which have been agitated on both sides, vanish of themselves. For, first, that expression by whose evolution a converging series is produced, exhibits at the same time its sum, in the common acceptation of the term: neither, if the series should be divergent, could the investiga∣tion be deemed at all more absurd, or less proper, namely, the search∣ing out a finite expression which, being evolved according to the rules of algebra, shall produce that series. And since that expression may be substituted in the calculation instead of this series, there can be no doubt but that it is equal to it. Which being the case, we need not necessarily deviate from the usual mode of speaking, but might be per∣mitted to call that expression also the sum, which is equal to any series whatever, provided however, that, in series whose terms do not con∣verge to o, we do not connect that notion with this idea of a sum, namely, that the more terms of the series are actually collected, the nearer we must approach to the value of the sum.

14. But if any person shall still think it improper to apply the term sum, to the finite expressions by whose evolution all series in general are produced; it will make no difference in the nature of the thing; and instead of the word sum, for such finite expression, he may use the term value; or perhaps the term radix would be as proper as any other that could be employed for this purpose, as the series may justly be considered as issuing or growing out of it, like as a plant springs from its root, or from its seed. The choice of terms being in a great mea∣sure arbitrary, every person is at liberty to employ them in whatever sense he may think fit, or proper for the purpose in hand; provided always that he fix and determine the sense in which he understands or employs them. And as I consider any series, and the finite expression by whose evolution that series may be produced, as no more than two different ways of expressing one and the same thing, whether that finite expression be called the sum, or value, or radix of the series; so in the following paper, and in some others which may perhaps hereafter

Page 10

be produced, it is in this sense I desire to be understood when searching out the value of series, namely, that the object of my enquiry, is the radix by whose evolution the series may be produced, or else an ap∣proximation to the value of it in decimal numbers, &c.

Royal Military Acad. Woolwich, May 24, 1785.

Page 11

TRACT II. A new Method for the Valuation of Numeral Infinite Series, whose Terms are alternately (+) Plus and (−) Minus; by taking continual Arith∣metical Means between the Successive Sums, and their Means.

Article 1. THE remarkable difference between the facility which mathematicians have found in their endeavours to determine the values of infinite series whose terms are alternately affirmative and negative, and the difficulty of doing the same thing with respect to those series whose terms are all affirmative, is one of those striking appearances in science which we can hardly persuade our∣selves is true, even after we have seen many proofs of it, and which serve to put us ever after on our guard not to trust to our first notions, or conjectures, on these subjects, till we have brought them to the test of demonstration. For, at first sight it is very natural to imagine, that those infinite series whose terms are all affirmative, or added to the first term, must be much simpler in their nature, and much easier to be summed, than those whose terms are alternately affirmative and ne∣gative; which, nevertheless, we find, upon examination, to be directly contrary to the truth; the methods of finding the sums of the latter series being numerous and easy, and also very general, whereas those that have been hitherto discovered for the summation of the former series, are few and difficult, and confined to series whose terms are generated from each other according to some particular laws, instead of extending, as the other methods do, to all sorts of series, whose terms are connected together by addition, by whatever law their terms are formed. Of this remarkable difference between these two sorts of series, the new method of finding the sums of those whose terms are

Page 12

alternately positive and negative, which is the subject of the present paper, will afford us a striking instance, as it possesses the happy qua∣lities of simplicity, ease, perspicuity, and universality in a great degree; and yet, as the essence of it consists in the alternation of the signs + and −, by which the terms are connected with the first term, it is of no use in the summation of those other series whose terms are all con∣nected with each other by the sign +.

2. This method, so easy and general, is, in short, simply this: be∣ginning at the first term a of the series ab + cd + ef + &c. which is to be summed, compute several successive values of it, by taking in successively more and more terms, one term being taken in at a time; so that the first value of the series shall be its first term a, (or even o or nothing may begin the series of sums); the next value shall be its first two terms ab, reduced to one number; its next value shall be the first three terms ab + c, reduced to one number; its next value shall be the first four terms ab + cd, reduced also to one number; and so on. This, it is evident, may be done by means of the easy arithmetical operation of addition and subtraction. And then, having found a sufficient number of successive values of the series, more or less as the case may require, interpose between these values a set of arithmetical mean quantities or proportionals; and between these arithmetical means interpose a second set of arithmetical mean quanti∣ties; and between those arithmetical means of the second set, inter∣pose a third set of arithmetical mean quantities; and so on as far as you please. By this process we soon find either the true value of the series proposed, when it has a determinate rational value, or otherwise we obtain several sets of values approximating nearer and nearer to the sum of the series, both in the columns and in the lines, either horizon∣tal or obliquely descending or ascending; namely, both of the several sets of means themselves, and the sets or series formed of any of their corresponding terms, as of all their first terms, of their second terms,

Page 13

of their third terms, &c. or of their last terms, of their penultimate terms, of their antepenultimate terms, &c. and if between any of these latter sets, consisting of the like or corresponding terms of the former sets of arithmetical means, we again interpose new sets of arithmetical means, as we did at first with the successive sums, we shall obtain other sets of approximating terms, having the same properties as the former. And thus we may repeat the process as often as we please, which will be found very useful in the more difficult diverging series, as we shall see hereafter. For this method, being derived only from the circum∣stance of the alternation of the signs of the terms (+ and −), it is there∣fore not confined to converging series alone, but is equally applicable both to diverging series, and to neutral series, (by which last name I shall take the liberty to distinguish those series whose terms are all of the same constant magnitude); namely, the application is equally the same for all the three following sorts of series, viz.

  • Converging, 1 − ½ + ⅓ − ¼ + ⅕ − ⅙ + &c.
  • Diverging, 1 − 2 + 3 − 4 + 5 − 6 + &c.
  • Neutral, 1 − 1 + 1 − 1 + 1 − 1 + &c.
As is demonstrated in what follows, and exemplified in a variety of instances.

It must be noted, however, that by the value of the series, I always mean such radix, or finite expression, as, by evolution, would produce the series in question; according to the sense I have stated in the former paper, on this subject; or an approximate value of such radix; and which radix, as it may be substituted instead of the series in any operation, I call the value of the series.

3. It is an obvious and well-known property of infinite series, with alternate signs, that when we seek their value by collecting their terms one after another, we obtain a series of successive sums, which approach continually nearer and nearer to the true value of the proposed series, when it is a converging one, or one whose terms always decrease

Page 14

by some regular law; but in a diverging series, or one whose terms as continually increase, those successive sums diverge always more and more from the true value of the series. And from the circumstance of the alternate change of the signs, it is also a property of those suc∣cessive sums, that when the last term which is included in the collection, is a positive one, then the sum obtained is too great, or exceeds the truth; but when the last collected term is negative, then the sum is too little, or below the truth. So that, in both the converging and diverging series, the first term alone, being positive, exceeds the truth; the second sum, or the sum of the first two terms, is below the truth; the third sum, or the sum of three terms, is above the truth; the fourth sum, or the sum of four terms, is below the truth; and so on; the sum of any even number of terms being below the true value of the series, and the sum of any odd number, above it. All which is generally known, and evident from the nature and form of the series. So, of the series ab + cd + ef + &c. the first sum a is too great; the second sum ab too little; the third sum ab + c too great; and so on as in the following table, where s is the true value of the series, and o is placed before the collected sums, to compleat the series, being the value when no terms are included:

  Successive sums.
s is greater than o
s is less than a
s is greater than ab
s is less than ab + c
s is greater than ab + cd
s is less than ab + cd + e
&c. &c.

4. Hence the value of every alternate series s, is positive, and less than the first term a, the series being always supposed to begin with a positive term a; and consequently if the signs of all the terms be

Page 15

changed, or if the series begin with a negative term, the value s will still be the same, but negative, or the sign of the sum will be changed, and the value become −s = −a + bc + d − &c. Also, because the successive sums, in a converging series, always ap∣proach nearer and nearer to the true value, while they recede always farther and farther from it in a diverging series; it follows that, in a neutral series, aa + aa + &c. which holds a middle place between the two former, the successive sums o, a, o, a, o, a &c. will neither converge nor diverge, but will be always at the same dis∣tance from the value of the proposed series aa + aa + &c. and consequently that value will always be = ½a, which holds every where the middle place between o and a.

5. Now, with respect to a converging series, ab + cd + &c. because o is below, and a above s the value of the series, but a nearer than o to the value s, it follows that s lies between a and ½a, and that ½a is less than s, and so nearer to s than o is. In like manner, be∣cause a is above, and ab below the value s, but ab nearer to that value than a is, it follows that s lies between a and ab, and that the arithmetical mean a − ½b is something above the value of s, but nearer to that value than a is. And thus, the same reasoning holding in every following pair of successive sums, the arithmetical means between them will form another series of terms, which are, like those sums, alternately less and greater than the value of the pro∣posed series, but approximating nearer to that value than the several successive sums do, as every term of those means is nearer to the value s than the corresponding preceding term in the sums is. And like as the successive sums form a progression approaching always nearer and nearer to the value of the series, so in like manner their arithmetical means form another progression coming nearer and nearer to the same value, and each term of the progression of means nearer than each term of the successive sums. Hence then we have the two following

Page 16

series, namely, of successive sums and their arithmetical means, in which each step approaches nearer to the value of s than the former, the latter progression being however nearer than the former, and the terms or steps of each alternately below and above the value s of the series ab + cd + &c.

Successive sums Arithmetical means
› O › ½a
a a − ½b
ab ab + ½c
ab + c ab + c − ½d
ab + cd ab + cd + ½e
ab + cd + e ab + cd + e − ½f
&c. &c.
where the mark ›, placed before any step, signifies that it is too little, or below the value s of the converging series ab + cd + &c. and the mark ‹ signifies the contrary, or too great. And hence ½a, or half the first term of such a converging series, is less than s the value of the series.

6. And since these two progressions possess the same properties, but only the terms of the latter nearer to the truth than the former; for the very same reasons as before, the means between the terms of these first arithmetical means, will form a third progression, whose terms will approach still nearer to the value of s than the second progression, or the first means; and the means of these second means will approach nearer than the said second means do; and so on continually, every succeeding order of arithmetical means, approaching nearer to the value of s than the former. So that the following columns of sums and means will be each nearer to the value of s than the former, viz.

Page 17

  Suc. sums. 1st means. 2d means. 3d means. 4th means.
0 a/2 3ab/4 7a−4b+c/8 15a−11b+ccd/16
a ab/2 a − 3bc/4 a − 7b−4c+d/8 a − 15b−11c+5de/8
ab ab + c/2 ab + 3cd/4 ab + 7c−4d+e/8 ab + 15c−11d+5ef/8
ab + c ab + cd/2 ab + c − 3dc/4 ab + c − &c. ab+ &c.
ab+cd ab+&c. ab+&c. ab+&c. ab+ &c.
Where every column consists of a set of quantities, approaching still nearer and nearer to the value of s, the terms of each column being alternately below and above that value, and each succeeding column approaching nearer than the preceding one. Also every line, formed of all the first terms, all the second terms, all the third terms, &c. of the columns, forms also a progression whose terms continually approximate to the value of s, and each line nearer or quicker than the former; but differing from the columns, or vertical progressions, in this, namely, that whereas the terms in the columns are alternately below and above the value of s, those in each line are all on one side of the value s, namely, either all below or all above it; and the lines alternately too little and too great, namely all the expressions in the first line too little, all those in the second line too great, those in the third line too little, and so on, every odd line being too little, and every even line too great.

7. Hence the expressions 0, a/2, 3ab/4, 7a−4b+c/8, 15a−11b+5ca/16, 31a−26b+16c−6d+e/32, &c. are continual approximations to the value s of the converging series ab + cd + e − &c. and are all below the truth. But we can easily express all these several theorems by one general formula. For, since it is evident by the construction, that whilst the denominator in any one of them is some power (2n) of 2 or 1 + 1, the numeral coefficients

Page 18

of a, b, c, &c. the terms in the numerator, are found by subtracting all the terms except the last term, one after another, from the said power 2n or 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 which is = 1 + n + n · n−1/2 + n · n−2/3 + &c. namely the coefficient of a equal to all the terms 2n minus the first term 1; that of b equal to all except the first two terms 1 + n; that of c equal to all except the first three; and so on, till the coeffi∣cient of the last term be = 1 the last term of the power; it follows that the general expression for the several theorems, or the general ap∣proximate value of the converging series ab + cd + &c. will be 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 continued till the terms vanish and the series break off, n being equal to o or any integer number. Or this general formula may be expressed by this series, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 where A, B, C, &c. denote the coefficients of the several preceding terms. And this expression, which is always too little, is the nearer to the true value of the series ab + cd + &c. as the number n is taken greater: always excepting however those cases in which the theorem is accurately true when n is some certain finite number. Also, with any value of n, the formula is nearer to the truth, as the terms a, b, c, &c. of the proposed series, are nearer to equality; so that the slower the proposed series converges, the more accurate is the formula, and the sooner does it afford a near value of that series: which is a very fa∣vourable circumstance, as it is in cases of very slow convergency that approximating formulae are chiefly wanted. And, like as the formula approaches nearer to the truth as the terms of the series approach to an equality, so when the terms become quite equal, as in a neutral series, the formula becomes quite accurate, and always gives the same value ½a for s or the series, whatever integer number be taken for n. And farther, when the proposed series, from being converging, passes through

Page 19

neutrality, when its terms are equal, and becomes diverging, the for∣mula will still hold good, only it will then be alternately too great, and too little as long as the series diverges, as we shall presently shew more fully. So that in general the value s of the series ab + cd + &c. whether it be converging, diverging, or neutral, is less than the first term a; when the series converges, the value is above ½a; when it diverges, it is below ½a; and when neutral, it is equal to ½a.

8. Take now the series of the first terms of the several orders of arithmetical means, which form the progression of continual approxi∣mating formulae, being each nearer to the value of the series ab + cd + &c. than the former, and place them in a column one under another; then take the differences between every two adjacent formulae, and place in another column by the side of the former, as here below:

Approx. Formulae. Differences.
a/2 ab/4
3ab/4 a−2b+c/8
7a−4b+c/8 a−3b+3cd/16
15a−11b+5cd/16 a−4b+6c−4d+e/32
31a−26b+16c−6d+e/32  
&c. &c.
From which it appears, that this series of differences consists of the very same quantities, which form the first terms of all the orders of differ∣ences of the terms of the proposed series ab + cd + &c. when taken as usual in the differential method. And because the first of the above differences added to the first formula, gives the second formula; and the second difference added to the second formula, gives the third formula; and so on; therefore the first formula with all the differences added, will give the last formula; consequently our general formula 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 20

which approaches to the value of the series ab + cd + &c. is also equivalent to, or reduces to this form, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 which, it is evident, agrees with the famous differential series. And this coincidence might be sufficient to establish the truth of our method, though we had not given other more direct proof of it. Hence it ap∣pears then, that our theorem is of the same degree of accuracy, or convergency, as the differential theorem; but admits of more direct and easy application, as the terms themselves are used, without the pre∣vious trouble of taking the several orders of differences. And our method will be rendered general for literal as well as numeral series, by supposing a, b, c, &c. to represent, not barely the coefficients of the terms, but the whole terms, both the numeral and the literal part of them. However, as the chief use of my method is to obtain the nu∣meral value of series, when a literal series is to be so summed, it is to be made numeral by substituting the numeral values of the letters in∣stead of them. It is farther evident, that we might easily derive our method of arithmetical means from the above differential series, by beginning with it, and receding back to our theorems, by a counter process to that above given.

9. Having, in Art. 5, 6, 7, 8, compleated the investigations for the first or converging form of series, the first four articles being introduc∣tory to both forms in common; we may now proceed to the diverging form of series, for which we shall find the same method of arithmetical means, and the same general formula, as for the converging series; as well as the mode of investigation used in Art. 5 et seq. only changing sometimes greater for less, or less for greater. Thus then, reasoning from the table of successive sums in Art. 3, in which s is alternately above and below the expressions o, a, ab, ab + c, &c. be∣cause o is below, and a above the value s of the series ab + cd + &c. but o nearer than a to that value, it follows that s lies be∣tween

Page 21

o and ½a, and that ½a is greater than s, but nearer to s than a is. In like manner, because a is above, and ab below the value s, but a nearer to that value than ab is, it follows that s lies between a and ab, and that the arithmetical mean a − ½b is below s, but that it is nearer to s than ab is. And thus, the same reasoning holding in every pair of successive sums, the arithmetical means between them will form another series of terms, which are alternately greater and less than s the value of the proposed series; but here greater and less in the con∣trary way to what they were for the converging series, namely, those steps greater here which were less there, and less here which before were greater. And this first set of arithmetical means, will either con∣verge to the value of s, or will at least diverge less from it than the progression of successive sums. Again, the same reasoning still hold∣ing good, by taking the arithmetical means of those first means, another set is found, which will either converge, or else diverge less than the former. And so on as far as we please, every new operation gradually checking the first or greatest divergency, till a number of the first terms of a set converge sufficiently fast, to afford a near value of s the pro∣posed series.

10. Or, by taking the first terms of all the orders of means, we find the same set of theorems, namely 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, &c. or in general, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 which will be alternately above and below s the value of the series, till the divergency is overcome. Then this series, which consists of the first terms of the several orders of means, may be treated as the successive sums, taking several orders of means of these again. After which the first terms of these last orders may be treated again in the same manner; and so on as far as we please. Or the series of second terms, or third terms, &c. or sometimes, the terms ascending ob∣liquely, may be treated in the same manner to advantage. And

Page 22

with a little practice and inspection of the several series, whether vertical, or horizontal, or oblique, (for they all tend to the detection of the same value s) we shall soon learn to distinguish whereabouts the required quantity s is, and which of the series will soonest approxi∣mate to it.

11. To exemplify now this method, we shall take a few series of both sorts, and find their value sometimes by actually going through the operations of taking the several orders of arithmetical means, and at other times by using some one of the theorems 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, &c. at once. And to render the use of these theorems still easier, we shall here sub∣join the following table, where the first line consisting of the powers of 2, contains the denominators of the theorems in their order, and the figures in their perpendicular columns below them, are the coefficients of the several terms in the numerators of the theorems, namely, the upper figure, next below the power of 2, the coefficient of a; the next below, that of b; the third that of c, &c.

2 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220
1 3 7 15 31 63 127 255 511 1023 2047 4095 8191 16383 32767 65535 131071 262143 524287 1048575
  1 4 11 26 57 120 247 502 1013 2036 4083 8178 16369 32752 65519 131054 262125 524268 1048555
    1 5 16 42 99 219 466 968 1981 4017 8100 16278 32647 65399 130918 261972 524097 1048365
      1 6 22 64 163 382 848 1816 3797 7814 15914 32192 64839 130238 261156 523128 1047225
        1 7 29 93 256 638 1486 3302 7099 14913 30827 63019 127858 258096 519252 1042380
          1 8 37 130 386 1024 2510 5812 12911 27824 58651 121670 249528 507624 1026876
            1 9 40 176 562 1586 4096 9908 22819 50643 109294 230964 480492 988116
              1 10 56 232 794 2380 6476 16384 39203 89846 199140 430104 910596
                1 11 67 299 1093 3473 9949 26333 65536 155382 354522 784626
                  1 12 79 378 1471 4944 14893 41226 106762 262144 616666
                    1 13 92 470 1941 6885 21778 63004 169766 431910
                      1 14 106 576 2517 9402 31180 94184 263950
                        1 15 121 697 3214 12616 43796 137980
                          1 16 137 834 4048 16664 60460
                            1 17 154 988 5036 21700
                              1 18 172 1160 6196
                                1 19 191 1351
                                  1 20 211
                                    1 21
                                      1

Page 23

The construction and continuation of this table, is a business of little labour. For the numbers in the first horizontal line next below the line of the powers of 2, are those powers diminished each by unity. The numbers in the next horizontal line, are made from the numbers in the first, by subtracting from each the index of that power of 2 which stands above it. And for the rest of the table, the formation of it is obvious from this principle, which reigns through the whole, that every number in it is the sum of two others, namely of the next to it on the left in the same horizontal line, and the next above that in the same vertical column. So that the whole table is formed from a few of its initial numbers, by easy operations of addition.

In converging series, it will be farther useful, first to collect a few of the initial terms into one sum, and then apply our method to the fol∣lowing terms, which will be sooner valued because they will converge slower.

12. For the first example, let us take the very slowly converging series 1 − ½ + ⅓ − ¼ + ⅕ − ⅙ + &c. which is known to express the hyp. log. of 2, which is = .69314718.

Here a = 1, b = ½, c = ⅓, d = ¼, &c. and the value, as found by theorem the 1st, 2d, 3d, 4th, 10th, and 20th, will be thus:

  • 1st, a/2 = ½ = .5.
  • 2d, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.
  • 3d, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.
  • 4th, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.
  • 10th, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.
  • 20th, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.
Where it is evident that every theorem gives always a nearer value than the former: the 10th theorem gives the value true to the 4th

Page 24

figure, and the 20th theorem to the 8th figure. The operation for the 10th and 20th theorems, will be easily performed by dividing, mentally, the numbers in their respective columns in the table of coefficients in Art. 11, by the ordinate numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, &c. placing the quotients of the alternate terms below each other, then adding each up, and dividing the difference of the sums continually five or ten times successively by the number 4: after the manner as here placed below, where the operation is set down for both of them.

1. For the 10th Theorem. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

2. For the 20th Theorem. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Again, to perform the operation by taking the successive sums, and the arithmetical means: let the terms ½, ⅓, ¼, &c. be reduced to decimal numbers, by dividing the common numerator 1 by the deno∣minators 2, 3, 4, &c. or rather by taking these out of the table at the end of my Miscellanea Mathematica, published in 1775, which con∣tains a table of the square roots and reciprocals of all the numbers,

Page 25

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, &c. to 1000, and which is of great use in such calculations as these. Then the operation will stand thus: 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Here, after collecting the first twelve terms, I begin at the bottom, and, ascending upwards, take a very few arithmetical means between the successive sums, placing them on the right of them: it being unne∣cessary to take the means of the whole, as any part of them will do the business, but the lower ones in a converging series best, because they are nearer the value sought, and approach sooner to it. I then take the means of the first means, and the means of these again, and so on, till the value is obtained as near as may be necessary. In this process we soon distinguish whereabouts the value lies, the limits or means, which are alternately above and below it, gradually contracting, and approaching towards each other. And when the means are reduced to a single one, and it is found necessary to get the value more exactly, I then go back to the columns of successive sums, and find another first mean, either next below or above those before found, and continue it through the 2d, 3d, &c. means, which makes now a duplicate in the last column of means, and the mean between them gives another single mean of the next order; and so on as far as we see it necessary. By such a gradual progress we use no more terms nor labour than is quite requisite for the degree of accuracy required.

Or, after having collected the sum of any number of terms, we may apply any of the formulae to the following terms. So, having as above

Page 26

found .653211 for the sum of the first 12 terms, and calling the next or 13th term .076923 = a, the 14th term .0714285 = b, the next, .06666 &c. = c, and so on: then the 2d theorem 3ab/4 gives .039835, which added to .653211 the sum of the first 12 terms, gives .693046, the value of the series true in three places of figures; and the 3d theorem 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 gives .039927 for the following terms, and which added to .653211 the sum of the first 12 terms, gives .693138, the value of the series true in five places. And so on.

13. For a second example, let us take the slowly converging series 2/1 − 3/2 + 4/3 − 5/4 + 6/5 − 7/6 + &c. which is = ½ + hyp. log. of 2 = 1.19314718. Then 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Here, after the 3d column of means, the first four figures 1.193, which are common, are omitted, to save room and the trouble of writing them so often down; and in the last three columns, the process is repeated with the last three figures of each number; and the last of these 147, joined to the first four, give 1.193147 for the value of the series proposed. And the same value is also obtained by the theorems used as in the former example.

14. For the third example let us take the converging series 1 − ⅓ + ⅕ − 1/7 + 1/9 − 1/11 + &c. which is = .7853981 &c. or ¼ of the circumference of the circle whose diameter is 1. Here a = 1, b = ⅓,

Page 27

c = ⅕, &c. then turning the terms into decimals, and proceeding with the successive sums and means as before, we obtain the 5th mean true within a unit in the 6th place as here below: 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

15. To find the value of the converging series 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 which occurs in the expression for determining the time of a body's descent down the arc of a circle:

The first terms of this series I find ready computed by Mr. Baron Maseres, pa. 219 Philos. Trans. 1777; these being arranged under one another, and the sums collected, &c. as before, give .834625 for the value of that series, being only 1 too little in the last figure.

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

16. To find the value of 1 − ¼ + ½ − 1/16 + 1/25 − &c. con∣sisting of the reciprocals of the natural series of square numbers.

Page 28

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 The last mean .822467 is true in the last figure, the more accurate value of the series 1 − ¼ + 1/9 − 1/16 + &c. being .8224670 &c.

17. Let the diverging series ½ − ⅔ + ¾ − ⅘ + &c. be proposed; where the terms are the reciprocals of those in Art. 13.

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Here the successive sums are alternately + and −, as well as the terms themselves of the proposed series, but all the arithmetical means are positive. The numbers in each column of means are alter∣nately too great and too little, but so as visibly to approach towards each other. The same mutual approximation is visible in all the oblique lines from left to right, so that there is a general and mutual tendency, in all the columns, and in all the lines, to the limit of the value of the series. But with this difference, that all the numbers in any line de∣scending obliquely from left to right, are on one side of the limit, and

Page 29

those in the next line in the same direction, all on the other side, the one line having its numbers all too great, while those in the next line are all too little; but, on the contrary, the lines which ascend from below obliquely towards the right, have their numbers alternately too great and too little, after the manner of those in the columns, but ap∣proximating quicker than those in the columns. So that, after having continued the columns of arithmetical means to any convenient extent, we may then select the terms in the last, or any other line obliquely ascending from left to right, or rather beginning with the last found mean on the right, and descending towards the left; then arrange those terms below one another in a column, and take their continual arithme∣tical means, like as was done with the first successive sums, to such extent as the case may require. And if neither these new columns, nor the oblique lines approach near enough to each other, a new set may be formed from one of their oblique lines which has its terms alternately too great and too little. And thus we may proceed as far as we please. These repetitions will be more necessary in treating series which diverge more; and having here once for all described the properties attending the series, with the method of repetition, we shall only have to refer to them as occasion shall offer. In the present instance, the last two or three means vary or differ so little, that the limit may be concluded to lie nearly in the middle between them, and therefore the mean between the two last 144 and 150, namely 147, may be concluded to be very near the truth, in the last three figures; for as to the first three figures 193, I dropt the repetition of them after the first three columns of means, both to save space, and the trouble of writing them so often over again. So that the value of the series in question may be concluded to be .193147 very nearly, which is = − ½ + the hyp. log. of 2; or 1 less than its reciprocal series in Art. 13.

18. Take the diverging series 5/4 − 5·7/4·6 + 5·7·9/4·6·8 − 5·7·9·11/4·6·8·10 + &c. Here, first using some of the formulae, we have by the

    Page 30

    • 1st, a/2 = .625
    • 2d, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • 3d, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • 4th, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • 5th, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. &c.

    Or, thus, taking the several orders of means, &c.

    〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

    Here the successive sums are alternately + and −, but the arithme∣tical means are all +. After the second column of means, the first two figures 56 are omitted, being common; and in the last three columns the first three figures 569, which are common, are omitted. Towards the end, all the numbers, both oblique and vertical, approach so near together, that we may conclude that the last three figures 035 are all true; and these being joined to the first three 569, we have .569035 for the value of the series, which is otherwise found 2+√2/6 = .56903559 &c.

    19. Let us take the diverging series 22/1 − 32/2 + 42/3 − 52/4 + &c. or 4/1 − 9/2 + 16/3 − 25/4 + &c. or 4 − 4½ + 5⅓ − 6¼ + 7⅕ − 8⅙ + &c.

    Page 31

    〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

    After the second column of means, the first four figures 1.943 are omitted, being common to all the following columns; to these annexing the last three figures 147 of the last mean, we have 1.943147 for the sum of the series, which we otherwise know is equal to 5/4 + hyp. log. of 2. See Simp. Dissert. Ex. 2. p. 75 and 76.

    And the same value might be obtained by means of the formulae, using them as before.

    20. Taking the diverging series 1 − 2 + 3 − 4 + 5 − &c. the method of means gives us, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

    Where the second, and every succeeding column of means, gives ¼ for the value of the series proposed.

    In like manner, using the theorems, the first gives ½, but the second, third, fourth, &c. give each of them the same value ¼; thus:

    • a/2 = ½
    • ...〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • ...〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. &c.

    Page 32

    21. Taking the series 1 − 4 + 9 − 16 + 25 − 36 + &c. whose terms consist of the squares of the natural series of numbers, we have, by the arithmetical means, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

    Where it is only in the second column of means that the divergency is counteracted; after that the third and all the other orders of means give o for the value of the series 1 − 4 + 9 − 16 + &c.

    The same thing takes place on using the formulae, for

    • a/2 = ½
    • ...〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • ...〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • ...〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    where the third and all after it give the same value 0.

    22. Taking the geometrical series of terms 1 − 2 + 4 − 8 + &c. then 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

    Page 33

    Here the lower parts of all the columns of means, from the cipher 0 downwards, consist of the same series of terms + 1 − 1 + 3 − 5 + 11 − 21 + 43 − 85 + &c. and the other part of the columns, from the cipher upwards, as well as each line of oblique means, parallel to, and above the line of ciphers, forms a series of terms ½, ¼, ⅜, 5/16.....⅓ · 2n ± 1/2n, alternately above and below the value of the series, ⅓, and approaching continually nearer and nearer to it, and which, when infinitely continued, or when n is infinite, the term becomes ⅓ for the value of the geometrical series, 1 − 2 + 4 − 8 + 16 − &c.

    And the same set of terms would be given by each of the formulae.

    23. Take the geometrical series 1 − 3 + 9 − 27 + 81 − &c. Then 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Here the column of successive sums, and every second column of the arithmetical means, below the o, consists of the same series of terms 1, − 2, + 7, − 20, + &c. whilst all the other columns of means consist of this other set of terms ½, − ½, + 2½, − 6½, + &c. also the first oblique line of means, ½, 0, ½, 0, ½, 0, &c. consists of the terms ½ and 0 alternately, which are all at equal distance from the value of the series proposed 1 − 3 + 9 − 27 + 81 − &c. as indeed are the terms of all the other oblique descending lines. And the mean between every two terms gives ¼ for that value. And the same terms would be given by the formulae, namely alternately ½ and 0.

    And thus the value of any geometrical series, whose ratio or second term is r, will be found to be = 1/1+r.

    Page 34

    24. Finally, let there be taken the hypergeometrical series 1 − 1 + 2 − 6 + 24 − 120 + &c. = 1 − 1 A + 2 B − 3 C + 4 D − 5 E + &c. which difficult series has been honoured by a very considerable memoir written upon the valuation of it by the late famous L. Euler, in the New Petersburg Commentaries, vol. v. where the value of it is at length determined to be .5963473 &c.

    To simplify this series, let us omit the first two terms 1 − 1 = 0, which will not alter the value, and divide the remaining terms by 2, and the quotients will give 1 − 3 + 12 − 60 + 360 − 2520 + &c. which, being half the proposed series, ought to have for its value the half of .596347 &c. namely .298174 nearly.

    Now, ranging the terms in a column, and taking the sums and means as usual, we have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Where it is evident, that the diverging is somewhat diminished, but not quite counteracted, in the columns and oblique descending lines from beginning to end, as the terms in those directions still increase, though not quite so fast as the original series; and that the signs of the same terms are alternately + and −, while those of the terms in the other lines obliquely ascending from left to right, are alternately one line all +, and another line all −, and these terms continually decreasing. The terms in the oblique descending lines, being alternately too great and too little, are the fittest to proceed with again. Take therefore any one of those lines, as suppose the first, and ranging it vertically, take the means as before, and they will approach nearer to the value of the series, thus:

    Page 35

    〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Here the same approximation in the lines and columns, towards the value of the series, is observable again, only in a higher degree; also the terms in the columns and oblique descending lines, are again alter∣nately too great and too little, but now within narrower limits, and the signs of the terms are more of them positive; also the terms in each oblique ascending line, are still either all above or all below the value of the series, and that alternately one line after another as before. But the descending lines will again be the fittest to use, because the terms in each are alternately above and below the value sought. Tak∣ing therefore again the first of these oblique descending lines, treat it as before, and we shall obtain sets of terms approaching still nearer to the value, thus: 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Here the approach to an equality, among all the lines and columns, is still more visible, and the deviations restricted within narrower limits, the terms in the oblique ascending lines still on one side of the value, and gradually increasing, while the columns and the oblique descending lines, for the most part, have their terms alternately too great and too little, as is evident from their alternately becoming greater and less than each other: and from an inspection of the whole, it is easy to pronounce that the first three figures of the number sought, will be 298. Taking therefore the last sour terms of the first descending line, and proceeding as before, we have

    Page 36

    〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

    And, finally, taking the lowest ascending line, because it has most the appearance of being alternately too great and too little, proceed with it as before, thus: 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 where the numbers in the lines and columns gradually approach nearer together, till the last mean is true to the nearest unit in the last figure, giving us .298174 for the value of the proposed hypergeometrical series 1 − 3 + 12 − 60 + 360 − 2520 + 20160 − &c.

    And in like manner are we to proceed with any other series whose terms have alternate signs.

    Royal Military Acad. Woolwich, May, 1780.

    POSTSCRIPT.

    SINCE the foregoing method was discovered, and made known to several friends, two passages have been offered to my consideration, which I shall here mention, in justice to their authors, Sir Isaac New∣ton, and the late learned Mr. Euler.

    The first of these is in Sir Isaac's letter to Mr. Oldenburg, dated October 24, 1676, and may be seen in Collins's Commercium Epistolicum, p. 177, the last paragraph near the bottom of the page, namely, Per

    Page 37

    seriem Leibnitii etiam, si ultimo loco dimidium termini adjiciatur, & alia quaedam similia artificia adhibeantur, potest computum produci ad multas figuras. The series here alluded to, is 1 − ⅓ + ⅕ − 1/7 + 1/9 − 1/11 + &c. denoting the area of the circle whose diameter is 1; and Sir Isaac here directs to add in half the last term, after having collected all the foregoing, as the means of obtaining the sum a little exacter. And this, indeed, is equivalent to taking one arithmetical mean between two successive sums, but it does not reach the idea contained in my method. It appears also, both by the other words, & alia quaedam similia artificia adhibeantur, contained in the above extract, and by these, alias artes adhibuissem, a little higher up in the same page 177, that Sir Isaac Newton had several other contrivances for obtaining the sums of slowly converging series; but what they were, it may perhaps be now impossi∣ble to determine.

    The other is a passage in the Novi Comment. Petropol. tom. v. p. 226, where Mr. Euler gives an instance of taking one set of arithmetical means between a series of quantities which are gradually too little and too great, to obtain a nearer value of the sum of a series in question. But neither does this reach the idea contained in my method. How∣ever, I have thought it but justice to the characters of these two eminent men, to make this mention of their ideas, which have some relation to my own, though unknown to me at the time of my discovery.

    Page 38

    TRACT III.

    A Method of summing the Series a + bx + cx 2 + dx 3 + ex 4 + &c. when it converges very slowly, namely, when x is nearly equal to 1, and the Coefficients a, b, c, d, &c. decrease very slowly: the Signs of all the Terms being positive.

    Art. 1. WHEN we have occasion to find the sum of such series as that above-mentioned, having the coefficients a, b, c, d, &c. of the terms, decreasing very slowly, and the con∣verging quantity x pretty large; we can neither find the sum by col∣lecting the terms together, on account of the immense number of them which it would be necessary to collect; neither can it be summed by means of the differential series, because the powers of the quantity x/1−x will then diverge faster than the differential coefficients converge. In such case then we must have recourse to some other method of trans∣forming it into another series which shall converge faster. The follow∣ing is a method by which the proposed series is changed into another, which converges so much the quicker as the original series is slower.

    2. The method is thus. Assume a 2/D the given series a + bx + cx 2 + dx 3 + &c. Then shall 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; which, by actual division, is 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Consequently a 2 divided by this series will be equal to the series proposed, and this new series will be very easily summed, in com∣parison with the original one, because all the coefficients after the second term are evidently very small; and indeed they are so much the smaller, and fitter for summation, by how much the coefficients of the

    Page 39

    original series are nearer to equality; so that when these a, b, c, d, &c. are quite equal, then the third, fourth, &c. coefficients of the new series become equal to nothing, and the sum accurately equal to 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; which we also know to be true from other principles.

    3. Although the first two terms, abx, of the new series be very great in comparison with each of the following terms, yet these latter may not always be small enough to be entirely rejected where much accuracy is required in the summation. And in such case it will be necessary to collect a great number of them, to obtain their sum pretty near the truth; because their rate of converging is but small, it being indeed pretty much like to the rate of the original series, but only the terms, each to each, are much smaller, and that commonly in a degree to the hundredth or thousandth part.

    4. The resemblance of this new series however, beginning with the third term, to the original one, in the law of progression, intimates to us that it will be best to sum it in the very same manner as the former. Hence then putting

    • a′ = cb 2/a
    • b′ = d − 2bc/a + b 3/a 2
    • c′ = e − 2bd+c 2/a + 3b 2 c/a 2b 4/a 3 &c.
    and consequently the proposed series a + bx + cx 2 + &c. = 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, by taking the sum of the series a′ + b′ x + c′ x 2 + &c. by the very

    Page 40

    same theorem as before, the sum S of the original series will then be expressed thus, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. where the series in the last denominator, having again the same pro∣perties with the former one, will have its first two terms very large in respect of the following terms. But these first two terms, a′b′x, are themselves very small in comparison with the first two, abx, of the former series; and therefore much more are the third, fourth, &c. terms of this last denominator very small in comparison with the same abx: for which reason they may now perhaps be small enough to be neglected.

    5. But if these last terms be still thought too large to be omitted, then find the sum of them by the very same theorem: and thus proceed, by repeating the operation in the same manner, till the required degree of accuracy is obtained. Which it is evident, will happen after a small number of repetitions, because that, in each new denominator, the third, fourth, &c. terms are commonly depressed, in the scale of num∣bers, two or three places lower than the first and second terms are. And the general theorem, denoting the sum S when the process is con∣tinually repeated, will be this, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.

    Page 41

    6. But the general denominator D in the fraction a 2/D, which is as∣sumed for the value of S or a + bx + cx 2 + &c. may be otherwise found as below; from which the general law of the values of the coefficients will be rendered visible. Assume S or a + bx + cx 2 + &c. or 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; then shall 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Hence, by equating the coefficients of the like terms to nothing, we obtain the following general values:

    • a′ = cbb/a
    • ...〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • ...〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • ...〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 &c.
    Where the values of the coefficients are the same in effect as before found, but here the law of their continuation is manifest

    7. To exemplify now the use of this method, let it be proposed to sum the very slow series x + ½x 2 + ⅓x 3 + ¼x 4 + ⅕x 5 + ⅙x 6 + &c. when x = 9/10 = .9, which denotes the hyperbolic log. of 1/1−x, or in this case of 10.

    Page 42

    Now it will be proper, in the first place, to collect a few of the first terms together, and then apply the theorem to the remaining terms, which, by being nearer to an equality than the terms are near the be∣ginning of the series, will be fitter to receive the application of the theorem. Thus to collect the first 12 terms:

    No. Powers of x The first 12 terms, found by dividing x, x2, x3, &c. by the numbers 1, 2, 3, &c.
    1 .9 .9
    2 .81 .405
    3 .729 .243
    4 .6561 .164025
    5 .59049 .118098
    6 .531441 .0885735
    7 .4782969 .06832812857
    8 .43046721 .05380840125
    9 .387420489 .043046721
    10 .3486784401 .03486784401
    11 .31381059609 .02852823601
    12 .282429536481 .02353579471
    13 .2541865828329 2.17081162555 the sum of 12 terms.
    Then we have to find the sum of the rest of the terms after these first 12, namely of x 13 × : 1/13 + 1/14x + 1/15x 2 + 1/16x 3 + &c. in which x = .9, and x 13 = .2541865828329; also a = 1/13, b = 1/14, c = 1/15, &c. and the first application of our rule, gives, for the value of 1/13 + 1/14x + 1/15x 2 + &c. or S, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 the second gives 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 the third gives 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

    Page 43

    the fourth gives 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Or, when the terms in the numerators are squared, it is 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Or, by omitting a proper number of ciphers, it is 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

    I have written an unknown quantity z after the last denominator, to represent the small quantity to be subtracted from the last denominator 344. Now, rejecting the small quantity z, and beginning at the last fraction to calculate, their values will be as here ranged in the first an∣nexed column.

    〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

    Page 44

    placing z below them for the next unknown fraction. Divide then every fraction by the next below it, placing the quotients or ratios in the next column. Then take the quotients or ratios of these; and so on till the last ratio 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; which, from the nature of the series of the first terms of every column, must be less than the next preceding one 2.39: consequently z must be less than 1.68×187/63, or less than 5. But, from the nature of the series in the vertical row or column of first ratios, 187/z must be less than 63; and consequently z must be greater than 187/63, or greater than 3. Since then z is less than 5 and greater than 3, it is probable that the mean value 4 is near the truth: and accordingly taking 4 for z, or rather 4.3, as z appears to be nearer 5 than 3, and taking the continual ratios, as placed along the last line of the table, their values are found to accord very well with the next preceding numbers, both in the columns and oblique rows.

    Hence, using 043 for z in the denominator .344 − z of the last frac∣tion of the general expression, and computing from the bottom, upwards through the whole, the quotients, or values of the fractions, in the inverted order, will be

    • 213
    • 12079
    • 1223397
    • .518414000
    of which the last must be nearly the value of the series 1/13 + 1/14x + 1/15x 2 + &c. when x = .9.

    Then this value .518414 of the series, being multiplied by x 13 or .2541865828329, gives .1317738 for the sum of all the terms of the original series after the first 12 terms, to which therefore the sum of the first 12 terms, or 2.17081162, being added, we have 2.30258542 for the sum of the original series x + ½x 2 + ⅓x 3 + ¼x 4 + &c. Which value is true within about 3 in the 8th place of figures, the more accurate value being 2.30258509 &c. or the hyp. log. of 10.

    Page 45

    TRACT IV. The Investigation of certain easy and General Rules, for Extracting any Root of a given Number.

    1. THE roots of given numbers are commonly to be found, with much ease and expedition, by means of logarithms, when the indices of such roots are simple numbers, and the roots are not required to a great number of figures. And the square or cubic roots of numbers, to a good practical degree of accuracy, may be ob∣tained, almost by inspection, by means of my tables of squares and cubes, published by order of the Commissioners of Longitude, in the year 1781. But when the indices of such roots are certain complex or irrational numbers, or when the roots are required to be found to a great many places of figures, it is necessary to make use of certain ap∣proximating rules, by means of the ordinary arithmetical computa∣tions. Such rules as are here alluded to, have only been discovered since the great improvements in the modern algebra: and the persons who have best succeeded in their enquiries after such rules, have been successively Sir Isaac Newton, Mr. Raphson, M. de Lagney, and Dr. Halley; who have shewn that the investigation of such theorems is also useful in discovering rules for approximating to the roots of all sorts of affected algebraical equations, to which the former rules, for the roots of all simple equations, bear a considerable affinity. It is presumed that the following short tract contains some advantages over any other method that has hitherto been given, both as to the ease and universality of the conclusions, and the general way in which the investigations are made: for here, a theorem is discovered, which, although it be general for all roots whatever, is at the same time very accurate, and so simple and

    Page 46

    easy to use and to keep in mind, that nothing more so can be desired or hoped for; and farther, that instead of searching out rules severally for each root, one after another, our investigation is at once for any indefinite possible root, by whatever quantity the index is expressed, whether fractional, or irrational, or simple, or compound.

    2. In every theorem, or rule, here investigated, let

    • N be the given number, whose root is sought,
    • n the index of that root,
    • a its nearest rational root, or an; the nearest rational power to N, whe∣ther greater or less,
    • x the remaining part of the root sought, which may be either positive or negative, namely, positive when N is greater than an, otherwise negative.
    Hence then the given number N is 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, and the required root 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 = a + x.

    3. Now, for the first rule, expand the quantity 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 by the binomial theorem, so shall we have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Subtract an from both sides, so shall 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Divide by 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, so shall 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 or 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Here, on account of the smallness of the quantity x in respect of a, all the terms of this series, after the first term, will be very small, and may therefore be neglected without much error, which gives us 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 for a near value of x, being only a small matter too great. And consequently 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 is nearly = N1/n the root sought. And this may be accounted the first theorem.

    Page 47

    4. Again, let the equation 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 be multi∣tiplied by n − 1, and an added to each side, so shall we have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 for a divisor: Also multiply the sides of the same equation by a and subtract an + 1 from each, so shall we have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 for a dividend: Divide now this dividend by the divisor, so shall 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Which will be nearly equal to x, for the same reason as before; and this ex∣pression is nearly as much too little as the former expression was too great. Consequently, by adding a, we have a + x or N1/n nearly 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 for a second theorem, and which is nearly as much in defect as the for∣mer was in excess.

    5. Now because the two foregoing theorems differ from the truth by nearly equal small quantities, if we add together the two numerators and the two denominators of the foregoing two fractional expressions, namely 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 and 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, the sums will be the numerator and denominator of a new fraction, which will be much nearer than either of the former. The fraction so found is 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; which will be very nearly equal to N1/n or a + x the root sought; for, by division, it is found to be equal to a + x * − n−1/2 · n+1/6 · x 3/a 2 + &c. where the term is wanting which contains the square of x, and the following terms are very small. And this is the third theorem.

    6. A fourth theorem might be found by taking the arithmetical mean

    Page 48

    between the first and second, which would be 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; which will be nearly of the same value, though not so simple, as the third theorem; for this arithmetical mean is found equal to a + x * + n−1/2 · n−2/3 · x 3/a 2 + &c.

    7. But the third theorem may be investigated in a more general way, thus: Assume a quantity of this form 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, with coefficients p and q to be determined from the process; the other letters N, a, n, repre∣senting the same things as before; then divide the numerator by the denominator, and make the quotient equal to a + x, so shall the comparison of the coefficients determine the relation between p and q required. Thus, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 then dividing the former of these by the latter, we have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 or 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Then, by equating the corresponding terms, we obtain these three equations

    • = a,
    • pq/p+q n = 1,
    • n−1/2 − qn/p+q = 0.

    From which we find pq/p+q = 1/n and p ∶ q ∷ n + 1 ∶ n − 1. So that by substituting n + 1 and n − 1, or any quantities proportional to them, for p and q, we shall have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 for the va∣lue of the assumed quantity 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, which is supposed nearly equal to a + x, the required root of the quantity N.

    Page 49

    8. Now this third theorem 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, which is ge∣neral for roots, whatever be the value of n, and whether an be greater or less than N, includes all the rational formulas of De Lagney and Halley, which were separately investigated by them; and yet this ge∣neral formula is perfectly simple and easy to apply, and easier kept in mind than any one of the said particular formulas. For, in words at length, it is simply this: to n + 1 times N add n − 1 times an, and to n − 1 times N add n + 1 times an, then the former sum multi∣plied by a and divided by the latter sum, will give the root N1/n nearly; or, as the latter sum is to the former sum, so is a, the assumed root, to the required root, nearly. Where it is to be observed that an may be taken either greater or less than N, and that the nearer it is to it, the better.

    9. By substituting for n, in the general theorem, severally the num∣bers 2, 3, 4, 5, &c. we shall obtain the following particular theorems, as adapted for the 2d, 3d, 4th, 5th, &c. roots, namely, for the

    • 2d or square root, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • 3d or cube root, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • 4th root 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • 5th root 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • 6th root 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • 7th root 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

    10. To exemplify now our formula, let it be first required to extract the square root of 365. Here N = 365, n = 2; the nearest square is 361, whose root is 19.

    Page 50

    Hence 3 N + a 2 = 3 × 365 + 361 = 1456, and N + 3 a 2 = 365 + 3 × 361 = 1448; then as 1448 ∶ 1456 ∷ 19 ∶ 19×182/181 = 19 19/181 = 19.10497 &c.

    Again, to approach still nearer, substitute this last found root 19×182/181 for a, the values of the other letters remaining as before, we have a 2 = 192×1822/1812 = 34582/1812; then

    • 3N + a 2 = 3 × 365 + 34582/1812 = 47831059/32761,
    • N + 3a 2 = 365 + 3×34582/1812 = 47831057/32761;
    hence 47831057 ∶ 47831059 ∷ 19×182/181 or 3458/181 ∶ 3458×47831059/181×47831057 = the root of 365 very exact, which being brought into decimals, would be true to about 20 places of figures.

    11. For a second example, let it be proposed to double the cube, or to find the cube root of the number 2.

    Here N = 2, n = 3, the nearest root a = 1, also a 3 = 1. Hence 2 N + a 3 = 4 + 1 = 5, and N + 2 a 3 = 2 + 2 = 4; then as 4 ∶ 5 ∷ 1 ∶ 5/4 = 1.25 = the first approximation. Again, take a = 5/4, and consequently a 3 = 125/64; Hence 2N + a 3 = 4 + 125/64 = 381/64, and N + 2a 3 = 2 + 250/64 = 378/64; then as 378 : 381, or as 126 ∶ 127 ∷ 5/4 ∶ 5/4 × 127/126 = 635/504 = 1.259921, for the cube root of 2, which is true in the last figure.

    And by taking 635/504 for the value of a, and repeating the process, a great many more figures may be found.

    Page 51

    12. For a third example, let it be required to find the 5th root of 2.

    Here N = 2, n = 5, the nearest root a = 1.

    Hence 3 N + 2 a 5 = 6 + 2 = 8, and 2 N + 3 a 5 = 4 + 3 = 7; then as 7 ∶ 8 ∷ 1 ∶ 8/7 = 1 1/7 for the first approximation.

    Again, taking a = 8/7, we have 3 N + 2 a 5 = 6 + 65536/16807 = 166378/16807, 2 N + 3 a 5 = 4 + 98304/16807 = 165532/16807; then as 165532 ∶ 166378 ∷ 8/7 ∶ 8/7 × 83189/82766 = 4/7 × 83189/41383 = 332756/289681 = 1.148698 &c. for the 5th root of 2, and is true in the last figure.

    13. To find the 7th root of 126⅓.

    Here N = 126⅕, n = 7, the nearest root a = 2, also a 7 = 128.

    Hence 4 N + 3 a 7 = 504⅘ + 384 = 888⅘ = 4444/5, and 3 N + 4 a 7 = 378⅗ + 512 = 890⅗ = 4453/5; then as 4453 ∶ 4444 ∷ 2 ∶ 8888/4453 = 1.995957, for the root very exact by one operation, being true to the nearest unit in the last figure.

    14. To find the 365th root of 1.05, or the amount of 1 pound for 1 day, at 5 per cent. per annum, compound interest.

    Here N = 1.05, n = 365, a = 1 the nearest root. Hence 366 N + 364 a = 748.3, and 364 N + 366 a = 748.2; then as 748.2 ∶ 784.3 ∷ 1 ∶ 7483/7482 = 1 1/7482 = 1.00013366, the root sought very exact at one operation.

    15. Let it be required to find the value of the quantity 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 or 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.

    Page 52

    Now this may be done two ways; either by finding the ⅔ power or 3/2 root of 21/4 at once; or else by finding the 3d or cubic root of 21/4, and then squaring the result.

    By the first way:—Here it is easy to see that a is nearly = 3, because 33/2 = √27 = 5 + some small fraction. Hence, to find nearly the square root of 27, or √27, the nearest power to which is 25 = a 2 in this case: Hence 3 N + a 2 = 3 × 27 + 25 = 106, and N + 3 a 2 = 27 + 3 × 25 = 102; then as 102 : 106, or as 51 ∶ 53 ∷ 5 ∶ 5 × 53/51 = 265/51 = √ 27 nearly.

    Then having N = 21/4, n = 3/2, a = 3, and a 3/2 = 265/51 nearly; it will be 5/2 N + ½ a 3/2 = 5/2 × 21/4 + ½ × 265/51 = 6415/408, and ½ N + 5/2 a 5/2 = ½ × 21/4 + 5/2 × 265/51 = 6371/408; hence as 6371 ∶ 6415 ∷ 3 ∶ 19245/6371 = 3 134/6371 = 3.020719, for the value of the quantity sought nearly, by this way.

    Again, by the other method, in finding first the value of 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, or the cube root of 21/4. It is evident that 2 is the nearest integer root, being the cube root of 8 = a 3.

    Hence 2 N + a 3 = 21/2 + 8 = 74/4, and N + 2 a 3 = 21/4 + 16 = 85/4; then as 85 ∶ 74 ∷ 2 ∶ 148/85 or = 7/4 nearly. Then taking 7/4 for a, we have 2 N + a 3 = 21/2 + 343/64 = 1015,64, and N + 2 a 3 = 21/4 + 2.343/64 = 1022/64;

    Page 53

    hence as 1022 : 1015, or as 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 nearly. Consequently the square of this, or 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 will be = 72/42 × 1452/1462 = 1030225/341056 = 3 7057/341056 = 3.020690, the quantity sought more nearly, being true in the last figure.

    Page 54

    TRACT V. A new Method of finding, in finite and general Terms, near Values of the Roots of Equations of this Form, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; namely, having the Terms alternately Plus and Minus.

    1. THE following is one method more, to be added to the many we are already possessed of, for determining the roots of the higher equations. By means of it we readily find a root, which is sometimes accurate; and when not so, it is at least near the truth, and that by an easy finite formula, which is general for all equations of the above form, and of the same dimension, provided that root be a real one. This is of use for depressing the equation down to lower dimen∣sions, and thence for finding all the roots one after another, when the formula gives the root sufficiently exact; and when not, it serves as a ready means of obtaining a near value of a root, by which to com∣mence an approximation still nearer, by the previously known methods of Newton, or Halley, or others. This method is farther useful in elucidating the nature of equations, and certain properties of numbers; as will appear in some of the following articles. We have already easy methods for finding the roots of simple and quadratic equations. I shall therefore begin with the cubic equation, and treat of each order of equations separately, in ascending gradually to the higher dimensions.

    2. Let then the cubic equation x 3px 2 + qxr = o be pro∣posed. Assume the root x = a, either accurately or approximately, as it may happen, so that xa = o, accurately or nearly. Raise this

    Page 55

    xa = o to the third power, the same dimension with the proposed equation, so shall x 3 − 3 a x 2 + 3 a 2 xa 3 = o; but the proposed equation is x 3p x 2 + q xr = o; therefore the one of these is equal to the other. But the first term (x 3) of each is the same; and hence, if we assume the second terms equal between themselves, it will follow that the sum of the two remain∣ing terms will also be equal, and give a simple equation by which the value of x is determined. Thus, 3a x 2 being = px 2, or a = ⅓p, we shall have 3a 2 xa 3 = qxr, and hence 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, by substituting ⅓p, the value of a, instead of it.

    3. Now this value of x here found, will be the middle root of the proposed cubic equation. For because a is assumed nearly or accu∣rately equal to x, and also equal to ⅓ p, therefore x is = ⅓ p nearly or accurately, that is, ⅓ of the sum of the three roots, to which the coefficient p of the second term of the equation, is always equal; and thus, being a medium among the three roots, it will be either nearly or accurately equal to the middle root of the proposed equation, when that root is a real one.

    4. Now this value of x will always be the middle root accurately, whenever the three roots are in arithmetical progression; otherwise, only approximately. For when the three roots are in arithmetical progres∣sion, ⅓ p or ⅓ of their sum, it is well known, is equal to the middle term or root. In the other cases, therefore, the above-found value of x is only near the middle root.

    5. When the roots are in arithmetical progression, because the middle term or root is then = ⅓p, and also 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, therefore 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, or 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, an equa∣tion

    Page 56

    expressing the general relation of p, q, and r; where p is the sum of any three terms in arithmetical progression, q the sum of their three rectangles, and r the product of all the three. For, in any equation, the coefficient p of the second term, is the sum of the roots; the coefficient q of the third term, is the sum of the rectangles of the roots; and the coefficient r of the fourth term, is the sum of the solids of the roots, which in the case of the cubic equation is only one:—Thus, if the roots, or arithmetical terms, be 1, 2, 3. Here p = 1 + 2 + 3 = 6, q = 1 × 2 + 1 × 3 + 2 × 3 = 2 + 3 + 6 = 11, r = 1 × 2 × 3 = 6; then 2 p 3 = 2 × 63 = 432, and 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 also.

    6. To illustrate now the rule 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 by some examples; let us in the first place take the equation x 3 − 6 x 2 + 11 x − 6 = 0. Here p = 6, q = 11, and r = 6; consequently 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. This being substituted for x in the given equation, makes all the terms to vanish, and therefore it is an exact root, and the roots will be in arithmetical progression. Dividing therefore the given equation by x − 2 = 0, the quotient is x 2 − 4x + 3 = 0, the roots of which quadratic equation are 3 and 1, the other two roots of the proposed equation x 3 − 6 x 2 + 11 x − 6 = 0.

    7. If the equation be x 3 − 39x 2 + 479x − 1881 = 0; we shall have p = 39, q = 479, and r = 1881; then 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. Then, substituting 11 2/7 for x in the proposed equation, the negative terms are sound to exceed the positive terms by 5, thereby shewing that 11 2/7 is very near, but something above, the middle root, and that there∣fore the roots are not in arithmetical progression. It is therefore pro∣bable

    Page 57

    that 11 may be the true value of the root, and on trial it is found to succeed.

    Then dividing x 3 − 39x 2 + 479x − 1881 by x − 11, the quotient is x − 28x + 171 = 0, the roots of which quadratic equation are 9 and 19, the two other roots of the proposed equation.

    8. If the equation be x 2 − 6x 2 + 9x − 2 = 0; we shall have p = 6, q = 9, and r = 2; then 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. This value of x being substituted for it in the proposed equation, causes all the terms to vanish, as it ought, thereby shewing that 2 is the middle root, and that the roots are in arithmetical progression.

    Accordingly, dividing the given quantity x 3 − 6x 2 + 9x − 2 by x − 2, the quotient is x − 4x + 1 = 0, a quadratic equation, whose roots are 2 + √2 and 2 − √2, the two other roots of the equation proposed.

    9. If the equation be x 3 − 5x 2 + 5x − 1 = 0; we shall have p = 5, q = 5, and r = 1; then 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. From which one might guess the root ought to be 1, and which being tried, is found to succeed.

    But without such trial, we may make use of this value 1 4/45, or 1 1/•••• nearly, and approximate with it in the common way.

    Having found the middle root to be 1, divide the given quantity x 3 − 5x 2 + 5x − 1 by x − 1, and the quotient is x 2 − 4x + 1 = 0, the roots of which are 2 + √2 and 2 − √2, the two other roots, as in the last article.

    Page 58

    10. If the equation be x 3 − 7x 2 + 18x − 18 = 0; we shall have p = 7, q = 18, and r = 18; then 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 or 3 nearly. Then trying 3 for x, it is found to succeed. And dividing x 3 − 7x 2 + 18x − 18 by x − 3, the quotient is x − 4x + 6 = 0, a quadratic equation whose roots are 2 + √−2 and 2 − √−2, the two other roots of the proposed equation, which are both impossible or imaginary.

    11. If the equation be x 3 − 6x 2 + 14x − 12 = 0; we shall have p = 6, q = 14, and r = 12; then 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. Which being substi∣tuted for x, it is found to answer, the sum of the terms coming out = 0. Therefore the roots are in arithmetical progression. And, ac∣cordingly, by dividing x 3 − 6x 2 + 14x − 12 by x − 2, the quotient is x 2 − 4x + 6 = 0, the roots of which quadratic equation are 2 + √−2 and 2 − √−2, the two other roots of the proposed equation, and the common difference of the three roots is √−2.

    12. But if the equation be x 3 − 8x 2 + 22x − 24 = 0; we shall have p = 8, q = 22, and r = 24; then 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. Which being substituted for x in the proposed equation, the sum of the terms differs very widely from the truth, thereby shewing that the middle root of the equation is an imaginary one, as it is indeed, the three roots being 4, and 2 + √−2, and 2 − √−2.

    13. In Art. 2 the value of x was determined by assuming the second terms of the two equations equal to each other. But a like near value might be determined by assuming either the two third terms, or the two sourth terms equal.

    Page 59

    Thus the equations being

    • x 3 − 3ax 2 + 3a 2 xa 3 = 0,
    • x 3px 2 + qxr = 0,
    if we assume the third terms 3a 2 x and qx equal, or a = √⅓q, the sums of the second and fourth terms will be equal, namely, 3ax 2 + a 3 = px 2 + r; and hence we find 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 by substituting √⅓q the value of a instead of it.

    And if we assume the fourth terms equal, namely a 3 = r, or 3√r, then the sums of the second and third terms will be equal, namely, 3ax − 3a 2 = pxq; and hence 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, by substitu∣ting r⅓ instead of a. And either of these two formulas will give nearly the same value of the root as the first formula, at least when the roots do not differ very greatly from one another.

    But if they differ very much among themselves, the first formula will not be so accurate as these two others, because that in them the roots were more complexly mixed together; for the second formula is drawn from the coefficient of the third term, which is the sum of all the rec∣tangles of the roots; and the third formula is drawn from the coefficient of the last term, which is equal to the continual product of all the roots; while the first formula is drawn from the coefficient of the second term, which is simply the sum of the roots. And indeed the last theorem is commonly the nearest of all. So that when we suspect the roots to be very wide of each other, let either the second or third be used.

    Thus, in the equation x 3 − 23x 2 + 62x − 40 = 0, whose three roots are 1, 2, and 20. Here p = 23, q = 62, r = 40; and by

    • the 1st theor. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 nearly,
    • 2d theor. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 nearly,
    • 3d theor. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 nearly.
    Where the two latter are much nearer the middle root (2) than the first.

    Page 60

    And the mean between these two is 2 1/42, which is very near to that root. And this is commonly the case, the one being nearly as much too great as the other is too little.

    14. To proceed now, in like manner, to the biquadratic equation, which is of this general form x 4px 3 + qx 2rx + s = 0.

    Assume the root x = a, or xa = 0, and raise this equation xa = 0 to the fourth power, or the same height with the proposed equation, which will give x 4 − 4ax 3 + 6a 2 x 2 − 4a 3 x + a 4 = 0; but the proposed equation is x 4px 3 + qx 2rx + s = 0; therefore these two are equal to each other. Now if we assume the second terms equal, namely 4a = p, or a = ¼p, then the sums of the three remaining terms will also be equal, namely, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; and hence 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, or 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 by substituting ¼p instead of a: then, resolving this quadratic equation, we find its roots to be thus 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; or if we put A = 3/2 p 2 − 4q, B = p 2 − 16r, C = p 4 − 256s, the two roots will be 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.

    15. It is evident that the same property is to be understood here, as for the cubic equation in Art. 3, namely, that the two roots above found, are the middle roots of the four which belong to the biquadratic equation, when those roots are real ones; for otherwise the formulae are

    Page 61

    of no use. But however those roots will not be accurate, when the sum of the two middle roots, of the proposed equation, is equal to the sum of the greatest and least roots, or when the four roots are in arithmetical progression; because that, in this case, ¼ p, the assumed value of a, is neither of the middle roots exactly, but only a mean between them.

    16. To exemplify this formula 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, let the propo∣sed equation be x 4 − 12 x 3 + 49 x 2 − 78 x + 40 = 0. Then A = 3/2 p 2 − 4 q = 122 × 3/2 − 4 × 49 = 216 − 196 = 20, B = p 3 − 16 r = 123 − 16 × 78 = 1728 − 1248 = 480, C = p 4 − 256s = 124 − 256 × 40 = 20736 − 10240 = 10496. Hence 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 nearly, or 4¼ and 1¾ nearly, or nearly 4 and 2, whose sum is 6. And trying 4 and 2, they are both found to answer, and there∣fore they are the two middle roots.

    Then 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, by which dividing the given equation x 4 − 12 x 3 + 49 x 2 − 78 x + 40 = 0, the quotient is x 2 − 6 x + 5 = 0, the roots of which quadratic equation are 5 and 1, and which therefore are the greatest and least roots of the equation proposed.

    17. If the equation be x 4 − 12 x 3 + 47 x 2 − 72 x + 36 = 0; then A = 3/2 p 2 − 4 q = 122 × 3/2 − 4 × 47 = 216 − 188 = 28, B = p 3 − 16 r = 123 − 16 × 72 = 1728 − 1152 = 576, C = p 4 − 256 s = 124 − 256 × 36 = 20736 − 9216 = 11520. Hence 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 and 2 1/7, or 3 and 2 nearly; both of which answer on trial; and therefore 3 and 2 are the two middle roots.

    Page 62

    Then 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, by which dividing the given quantity x 4 − 12 x 3 + 47 x 2 − 72 x + 36 = 0, the quotient is x 2 − 7 x + 6 = 0, the roots of which quadratic equation are 6 and 1, which therefore are the greatest and least roots of the equation proposed.

    18. If the equation be x 4 − 7 x 3 + 15 x 2 − 11 x + 3 = 0; we have A = 3/2 p 2 − 4 q = 72 × 3/2 − 4 × 15 = 73½ − 60 = 13½, B = p 3 − 16 r = 73 − 16 × 11 = 343 − 176 = 167, C = p 4 − 256 s = 74 − 256 × 3 = 2401 − 768 = 1633. Hence 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 or nearly 2 and 1; both which are found, on trial, to answer; and therefore 2 and 1 are the two middle roots sought.

    Then 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, by which dividing the given equation x 4 − 7 x 3 + 15 x 2 − 11 x + 3 = 0, the quotient is x 2 − 4 x + 1 = 0, the roots of which quadratic equation are 2 + √2 and 2 − √2, and which therefore are the greatest and least roots of the proposed equation.

    19. But if the equation be x 4 − 9 x 3 + 30 x 2 − 46 x + 24 = 0; we have

    • A = 3/2p 2 − 4 q = 92 × 3/2 −4 × 30 = 121½ − 120 = 1½,
    • B = p 3 − 16 r = 93 − 16 × 46 = 729 − 736 = − 7,
    • C = p 4 − 256 s = 94 − 256 × 24 = 6561 − 6144 = 417.
    Hence 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, an imaginary quantity, shewing that the two middle roots are imaginary, and therefore the formula is of no use in this case, the four roots being 1, 2 + √ −2, 2 − √ −2, and 4.

    20. And thus in other examples the two middle roots will be found when they are rational, or a near value when irrational, which in this

    Page 63

    case will serve for the foundation of a nearer approximation, to be made in the usual way.

    We might also find another formula for the biquadratic equation, by assuming the last terms as equal to each other; for then the sum of the 2d, 3d, and 4th terms of each would be equal, and would form another quadratic equation, whose roots would be nearly the two mid∣dle roots of the biquadratic proposed.

    21. Or a root of the biquadratic equation may easily be found, by assuming it equal to the product of two squares, as 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. For, comparing the terms of this with the terms of the equation pro∣posed, in this manner, namely, making the second terms equal, then the third terms equal, and lastly the sums of the fourth and fifth terms equal, these equations will determine a near value of x by a simple equation. For those equations are 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. Then the values of ab and a + b, found from the first and second of these equations, and substituted in the third, this gives 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, a general formula for one of the roots of the biquadratic equation x 4px 3 + qx 2rx + s = 0.

    22. To exemplify now this sormula, let us take the same equation as in Art. 17, namely, x 4 − 12 x 3 + 47 x 2 − 72 x + 36 = 0, the roots of which were there found to be 1, 2, 3, and 6. Then, by our last for∣mula we shall have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, or nearly 1, which is the least root.

    Page 64

    23. Again, in the equation x 4 − 7 x 3 + 15 x − 11 x 2 + 3 = 0, whose roots are 1, 2, 2 + √2, and 2 − √2, we have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 nearly, which is nearly a mean between the two least roots 1 and 2 − √2 or ⅗ nearly.

    24. But if the equation be x 4 − 9 x 3 + 30 x 2 − 46 x + 24 = 0, which has impossible roots, the four roots being 1, 2 + √−2, 2 − √−2, and 4; we shall have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 nearly, which is of no use in this case of imaginary roots.

    25. This formula will also sometimes fail when the roots are all real. As if the equation be x 4 − 12 x 3 + 49 x 2 − 78 x + 40 = 0, the roots of which are 1, 2, 4, and 5. For here 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, which is of no use.

    26. For equations of higher dimensions, as the 5th, the 6th, the 7th, &c. we might, in imitation of this last method, combine other forms of quantities together. Thus, for the 5th power, we might compare it either with 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, or with 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, or with 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, or with 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. And so for the other powers.

    Page 65

    TRACT VI. Of the Binomial Theorem. With a Demonstration of the Truth of it in the General Case of Fractional Exponents.

    1. IT is well known that this famous theorem is called binomial, because it contains a proposition of a quantity consisting of two terms, as a radix, to be expanded in a series of equal value. It is also called emphatically the Newtonian theorem, or Newton's binomial theorem, because he has commonly been reputed the author of it, as he was indeed for the case of fractional exponents, which is the most general of all, and includes all the other particular cases, of powers, or divisions, &c.

    2. The binomial, as proposed in its general form, was, by Newton, thus expressed 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; where P is the first term of the binomial, Q the quotient of the second term divided by the first, and conse∣quently PQ is the second term itself; or PQ may represent all the terms of a multinomial, after the first term, and consequently Q the quotient of all those terms, except the first term, divided by that first term, and may be either positive or negative; also m/n represents the exponent of the binomial, and may denote any quantity, integral or fractional, positive or negative, rational or surd. When the exponent

    Page 66

    is integral, the denominator n is equal to 1, and the quantity then in this form 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, denotes a binomial to be raised to some power; the series for which was fully determined before Newton's time, as I have shewn in the historical introduction to my Mathematical Tables, lately published. When the exponent is fractional, m and n may be any quantities whatever, m denoting the index of some power to which the binomial is to be raised, and n the index of the root to be extracted of that power: and to this case it was first extended and applied by Newton. When the exponent is negative, the reciprocal of the same quantity is meant; as 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 is equal to 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.

    3. Now when the radical binomial is expanded in an equivalent series, it is asserted that it will be in this general form, namely 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. where the law of the progression is visible, and the quantities P, m, n, Q, include their signs + or −, the terms of the series being all positive when Q is positive, and alternately positive and negative when Q is negative, independent however of the effect of the coefficients made up of m and n: also A, B, C, D, &c. in the latter form, denote each pre∣ceding term. This latter form is the easier in practice, when we want

    Page 67

    to collect the sum of the terms of a series; but the former is the fitter for shewing the law of the progression of the terms.

    4. The truth of this series was not demonstrated by Newton, but only inferred by way of induction. Since his time however, several attempts have been made to demonstrate it, with various success, and in various ways; of which however those are justly preferred, which proceed by pure algebra, and without the help of fluxions. And such has been esteemed the difficulty of proving the general case independent of the doctrine of fluxions, that many eminent mathematicians to this day account the demonstration not fully accomplished, and still a thing greatly to be desired. Such a demonstration I think I have effected. But before I deliver it, it may not be improper to premise somewhat of the history of this theorem, its rise, progress, extension, and demon∣strations.

    5. Till very lately the prevailing opinion has been, that the theorem was not only invented by Newton, but first of all by him; that is, in that state of perfection in which the terms of the series for any assigned power whatever, can be found independently of the terms of the pre∣ceding powers; namely, the second term from the first, the third term from the second, the fourth term from the third, and so on, by a gene∣ral rule. Upon this point I have already given an opinion in the history to my logarithms, above cited, and I shall here enlarge some∣what farther on the same head.

    That Newton invented it himself, I make no doubt. But that he was not the first inventor, is at least as certain. It was described by Briggs, in his Trigonometria Britannica, long before Newton was born; not indeed for fractional exponents, for that was the application of Newton, but for any integral power whatever, and that by the general law of the terms as laid down by Newton, independent of the terms of the powers preceding that which is required. For as to the generation of the coefficients of the terms of one power from those of

    Page 68

    the preceding powers, successively one after another, it was remarked by Vieta, Oughtred, and many others, and was not unknown to much more early writers on arithmetic and algebra, as will be manifest by a slight inspection of their works, as well as the gradual advance the pro∣perty made, both in extent and perspicuity, under the hands of the successive masters in arithmetic, every one adding somewhat more towards the perfection of it.

    6. Now the knowledge of this property of the coefficients of the terms in the powers of a binomial, is at least as old as the practice of the ex∣traction of roots; for this property was both the foundation, the prin∣ciple, and the means of those extractions. And as the writers on arith∣metic became acquainted with the nature of the coefficients in powers still higher, just so much higher did they extend the extraction of roots, still making use of this property. At first it seems they were only ac∣quainted with the nature of the square, which consists of these three terms, 1, 2, 1; and accordingly extracted the square roots of numbers by means of them; but went no farther. The nature of the cube next presented itself, which consists of these four terms, 1, 3, 3, 1; and by means of these they extracted the cubic roots of numbers, in the same manner as we do at present. And this was the extent of their extrac∣tions in the time of Lucas de Burgo, an Italian, who, from 1470 to 1500, wrote several tracts on arithmetic, containing the sum of what was then known of this science, which chiefly consisted in the doctrine of the proportions of numbers, the nature of figurate numbers, and the extraction of roots, as far as the cubic root inclusively.

    7. It was not long however before the nature of the coefficients of all the higher powers became known, and tables formed for constructing them indefinitely. For in the year 1543 came out, at Norimberg, an excellent treatise of arithmetic and algebra, by Michael Stifelius, a Ger∣man divine, and an honest, but a weak, disciple of Luther. In this work, Arithmetica Integra, of Stifelius, are contained several curious

    Page 69

    things, some of which have been ascribed to a much later date. He here treats pretty fully and ably, of progressional and figurate numbers, and in particular of the following table for constructing both them and the coefficients of the terms of all powers of a binomial, which has been so often used since his time for these and other purposes, and which more than a century after was, by Pascal, otherwise called the arithme∣tical triangle, and who only mentioned some additional properties of the table.

    1              
    2              
    3 3            
    4 6            
    5 10 10          
    6 15 20          
    7 21 35 35        
    8 28 56 70        
    9 36 84 126 126      
    10 45 120 210 252      
    11 55 165 330 462 462    
    12 66 220 495 792 924    
    13 78 286 715 1287 1716 1716  
    14 91 364 1001 2002 3003 3432  
    15 105 455 1365 3003 5005 6435 6435
    16 120 560 1820 4368 8008 11440 12870
    17 136 680 2380 6188 12376 19448 24310
    Stifelius here observes that the horizontal lines of this table furnish the coefficients of the terms of the correspondent powers of a binomial; and teaches how to use them in extracting the roots of all powers what∣ever. And after him the same table was used for the same purpose, by Cardan, and Stevin, and the other writers on arithmetic. I suspect, however, that the nature of this table was known much earlier than the time of Stifelius, at least so far as regards the progressions of figurate numbers, a doctrine amply treated of by Nicomachus, who lived, according to some, before Euclid, but not till long after him according to others; and whose work on arithmetic was published at Paris in 1538; and which it is supposed was chiefly copied in the treatise on the same subject by Boethius: but I have never seen either

    Page 70

    of these two works. Though indeed Cardan seems to ascribe the in∣vention of the table to Stifelius; but I suppose that is only to be understood of its application to the extraction of roots. See Cardan's Opus Novum de Proportionibus, where he quotes it, and extracts the table and its use from Stifelius's book. Cardan also, at page 185, et seq. of the same work, makes use of a like table to find the number of va∣riations of things, or conjugations as he calls them.

    8. The contemplation of this table has probably been attended with the invention and extension of some of our most curious discoveries in mathematics, both in regard to the powers of a binomial, with the consequent extraction of roots, the doctrine of angular sections by Vieta, and the differential method by Briggs and others. For, one or two of the powers or sections being once known, the table would be of excel∣lent use in discovering and constructing the rest. And accordingly we find this table used on many occasions by Stifelius, Cardan, Stevin, Vieta, Briggs, Oughtred, Mercator, Pascal, &c. &c.

    9. On this occasion I cannot help mentioning the ample manner in which I see Stifelius, at fol. 35, et seq. of the same book, treats of the nature and use of logarithms, though not under the same name, but under the idea of a series of arithmeticals, adapted to a series of geo∣metricals. He there explains all their uses; such as that the addition of them, answers to the multiplication of their geometricals; subtraction to division; multiplication of exponents, to involution; and dividing of exponents, to evolution. And he exemplifies the use of them in cases of the Rule-of-Three, and in finding mean proportionals between given terms, and such like, exactly as is done in logarithms. So that he seems to have been in the full possession of the idea of logarithms, and wanted only the necessity of troublesome calculations to induce him to make a table of such numbers.

    Page 71

    10. But although the nature and construction of this table, namely of figurate numbers, was thus early known, and employed in the raising of powers, and extracting of roots; yet it was only by raising the num∣bers one from another by continual additions, and then taking them from the table for use when wanted; till Briggs first pointed out the way of raising any horizontal line in the foregoing table by itself, with∣out any of the preceding lines; and thus teaching to raise the terms of any power of a binomial, independent of any other powers; and so gave the substance of the binomial series in words, wanting only the notation in symbols; as I have shewn at large at page 75 of the historical intro∣duction to my Mathematical Tables.

    11. Whatever was known however of this matter, related only to pure or integral powers, no one before Newton having thought of extracting roots by infinite series. He happily discovered, that, by considering powers and roots in a continued series, roots being as powers having fractional exponents, the same binomial series would equally serve for them all, whether the index should be fractional or integral, or the series be finite or infinite.

    12. The truth of this method however was long known only by trial in particular cases, and by induction from analogy. Nor does it appear that even Newton himself ever attempted any direct proof of it. But various demonstrations of this theorem have been since given by the more modern mathematicians, of which some are by means of the doc∣trine of fluxions, and others, more legally, from the pure principles of algebra only. Some of which I shall here give a short account of.

    13. One of the first was Mr. James Bernoulli. His demonstration is, among several other curious things, contained in his little work called Ars Conjectandi, which has been improperly omitted in the collection of his works published by his nephew Nicholas Bernoulli. This is a strict

    Page 72

    demonstration of the binomial theorem in the case of integral and affirmative powers, and is to this effect. Supposing the theorem to be true in any one power, as for instance, in the cube, it must be true in the next higher power; which he demonstrates. But it is true in the cube, in the fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh powers, as will easily appear by trial, that is by actually raising those powers by continual multipli∣cations. Therefore it is true in all higher powers. All this he shews in a regular and legitimate manner, from the principles of multipli∣cation, and without the help of fluxions. But he could not extend his proof to the other cases of the binomial theorem, in which the powers are fractional. And this demonstration has been copied by Mr. John Stewart, in his commentary on Sir Isaac Newton's quadrature of curves. To which he has added, from the principles of fluxions, a demonstra∣tion of the other case, for roots or fractional exponents.

    14. In No. 230 of the Philosophical Transactions for the year 1697, is given a theorem, by Mr. De Moivre, in imitation of the bi∣nomial theorem, which is extended to any number of terms, and thence called the multinomial theorem; which is a general expression in a series, for raising any multinomial quantity to any power. His de∣monstration of the truth of this theorem, is independent of the truth of the binomial theorem, and contains in it a demonstration of the binomial theorem as a subordinate proposition, or particular case of the other more general theorem. And this demonstration may be con∣sidered as a legitimate one, for pure powers, founded on the principles of multiplication, that is, on the doctrine of combinations and permu∣tations. And it proves that the law of the continuation of the terms, must be the same in the terms not computed, or not set down, as in those that are written down.

    15. The ingenious Mr. Landen has given an investigation of the binomial theorem, in his Discourse concerning the Residual Analysis, printed in 1758, and in the Residual Analysis itself, printed in 1764.

    Page 73

    The investigation is deduced from this lemma, namely, if m and n be any integers, and q = v/x, then is 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 which theorem is made the principal basis of his Residual Analysis.

    The investigation is this: the binomial proposed being 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, as∣sume it equal to the following series 1 + ax + bx 2 + cx 3 &c. with indeterminate coefficients. Then for the same reason as 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 will 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Then, by subtraction, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 And, dividing both sides by xy, and by the lemma, we have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Then, as this equation must hold true whatever be the value of y, take y = x, and it will become 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Consequently, multiplying by 1 + x, we have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, or its equal by the assumption, viz. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

    Page 74

    Then, by comparing the homologous terms, the value of the coefficients a, b, c, &c. are deduced for as many terms as you compare.

    And a large account is given of this investigation by the learned Dr. Hales, in his Analysis Equationum, lately published at Dublin.

    Mr. Landen then contrasts this investigation with that by the method of fluxions, which is as follows. Assume as before; 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Take the fluxion of each side, and we have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Divide by ẋ, or take it = 1, so shall 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

    Then multiply by 1 + x, and so on as above in the other way.

    16. Besides the above, which are the principal demonstrations and investigations that have been given of this important theorem, I have been shewn an ingenious attempt of Mr. Baron Maseres, to demon∣strate this theorem in the case of roots or fractional exponents, by the help of De Moivre's multinomial theorem. But, not being quite satis∣fied with his own demonstration, as not expressing the law of continua∣tion of the terms which are not actually set down, he was pleased to urge me to attempt a more complete and satisfactory demonstration of the general case of roots, or fractional exponents. And he farther proposed it in this form, namely, that if Q be the coefficient of one of the terms of the series which is equal to 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, and P the coefficient of the next preceding term, and R the coefficient of the next follow∣lowing term; then, if Q be 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, to prove that R will be 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. This he observed would be quite perfect and satisfactory,

    Page 75

    as it would include all the terms of the series, as well those that are omitted, as those that are actually set down. And I was, in my de∣monstration, to suppose, if I pleased, the truth of the binomial and mul∣tinomial theorems for integral powers, as truths that had been previ∣ously and perfectly proved.

    In consequence I sent him soon after the substance of the following demonstration; with which he was quite satisfied, and which I now proceed to explain at large.

    17. Now the binomial integral is 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. where a, b, c, &c. denote the whole coefficients of the 2d, 3d, 4th, &c. terms, over which they are placed; and in which the law is this, namely, if P, Q, R, be the coefficients of any three terms in succession, and if g/b P = Q, then is 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; as is evident; and which, it is granted, has been proved.

    18. And the binomial fractional is 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. in which the law is this, namely, if P, Q, R be the coefficients of three terms in succession; and if g/b P = Q, then is 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. Which is the property to be proved.

    Page 76

    19. Again, the multinomial integral is 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

    Page 77

    〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 &c. Or, if we put a, b, c, d, &c. for the coefficients of the 2d, 3d, 4th, 5th, &c. terms, the last series, by substitution, will be transformed into this form, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

    Page 78

    20. Now, to find the series in Art. 18, assume the proposed binomial equal to a series with indeterminate coefficients, as 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Then raise each side to the n power, so shall 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. But it is granted that the multinomial raised to any integral power is proved, and known to be, as in the last Art. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 It follows then, that if this last series be equal to 1 + x, by equating the homologous coefficients, all the terms after the second must vanish, or all the coefficients b, c, d, &c. after the second term, must be each = 0. Writing therefore, in this series, 0 for each of the letters b, c, d, &c. it will become of this more simple form, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. Put now each of the coefficients, after the second term, = 0, and we shall have these equations 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 &c.

    Page 79

    The resolution of which equations gives the following values of the assumed indeterminate coefficients, namely, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, &c. which coefficients are according to the law proposed, namely, when g/h P = Q, then gn/h+n Q = R. Q. E. D.

    21. Also, by equating the second coefficients, namely, 1 = a = nA, we find A = 1/n. This being written for A in the above values of B, C, D, &c. will give the proper series for the binomial in question, namely 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.

    Of the FORM of the ASSUMED SERIES.

    22. In the demonstrations or investigations of the truth of the binomial theorem, the but or object has always been the law of the coefficients of the terms: the form of the series, as to the powers of x, having never been disputed, but taken for granted, either as incapable of receiving a demonstration, or as too evident to need one. But since the demonstration of the law of the coefficients has been accomplished, in which the main, if not the only, difficulty was supposed to consist, we have extended our researches still farther, and have even doubted or queried the very form of the terms themselves, namely, 1 + Ax + Bx 2 + Cx 3 + Dx 4 + &c. increasing by the regular in∣tegral series of the powers of x, as assumed to denote the quantity 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, or the n root of 1 + x. And in consequence of these scruples, I have been required, by a learned friend, to vindicate the

    Page 80

    propriety of that assumption. Which I think is effectually done as follows.

    23. To prove then, that any root of the binomial 1 + x can be re∣presented by a series of this form 1 + x + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 &c. where the coefficients are omitted, our attention being now employed only on the powers of x; let the series representing the value of 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 be 1 + A + B + C + D + &c. where A, B, C, &c. now represent the whole of the 2d, 3d, 4th, &c. terms, both their coef∣ficients and the powers of x, whatever they may be, only increasing from the less to the greater, because they increase in the terms 1 + x of the given binomial itself; and in which the first term must evidently be 1, the same as in the given binomial.

    Raise now 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 and its equivalent series 1 + A + B + C + &c. both to the n power by the multinomial theorem, and we shall have, as before, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Then equate the corresponding terms, and we have the first term 1 = 1.

    Again, the second term of the series n/1 A, must be equal to the second term x of the binomial. For none of the other terms of the series are equipollent, or contain the same power of x, with the term n/1 A. Not any of the terms A2, A3, A4, &c. for they are double, triple, quadru∣ple, &c. in power to A. Nor yet any of the terms containing B, C, D, &c. because, by the supposition, they contain all different and

    Page 81

    increasing powers. It follows therefore, that n/1 A makes up the whole value of the second term x of the given binomial. Consequently the second term A of the assumed series, contains only the first power of x; and the whole value of that term A is = 1/nx.

    But all the other equipollent terms of the expanded series must be equal to nothing, which is the general value of the terms, after the second, of the given quantity 1 + x or 1 + x + 0 + 0 + 0 + &c. Our business is therefore to find the several orders of equipollent terms of the expanded series. And these I say will be as I have arranged them above, in which B is equipollent with A2, C with A3, D with A4, and so on.

    Now that B is equipollent with A2, is thus proved. The value of the third term is 0. But 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 is a part of the third term. And it is only a part of that term: otherwise 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 would be = 0, which it is evident cannot happen in every value of n, as it ought; for in∣deed it happens only when n is = 1. Some other quantity then must be equipollent with n/1 · n−1/2 A2, and must be joined with it, to make up the whole third term equal to 0. Now that supplemental quantity can be no other than n/1B: for all the other following terms are evi∣dently plupollent than B. It follows therefore, that B is equipol∣lent with A2, and contains the second power of x; or that 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, and consequently 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.

    Again, the fourth term must be = 0. But the quantities n/1 · n−1/2 · n−2/3 A3 + n/1 · n−1/2 AB are equipollent, and make up part of that fourth term. They are equipollent, or A3 equipollent with AB, because A2 and B are equipollent. And they do not

    Page 82

    constitute the whole of that term; for if they did, then would n1 · n−1/2 · n−2/3 A3 + n/1 · n−1/2 AB be = 0 in all values of n, or n−2/3 A3 + B = 0: but it has been just shewn above, that n−1/2 A2 + B = 0; it would therefore follow that n−2/3 would be = n−1/2, a circumstance which can only happen where n = −1, instead of taking place for every value of n. Some other quantity must therefore be joined with these to make up the whole of the fourth term. And this supplemental quantity can be no other than n/1 c, because all the other following quantities are evidently plupollent than A3 or AB. It follows therefore, that C is equipollent with A3, and therefore contains the 3d power of x. And the whole value of C is 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.

    And the process is the same for all the other following terms. Thus, then, we have proved the law of the whole series, both with respect to the coefficients of its terms, and to the powers of the letter x.

    Page 83

    TRACT VII. Of the Common Sections of the Sphere and Cone. Together with the Demonstration of some other New Properties of the Sphere, which are similar to certain Known Properties of the Circle.

    THE study of the mathematical sciences is useful and profitable, not only on account of the benefit derivable from them to the affairs of mankind in general; but are most eminently so, for the plea∣sure and delight the human mind feels in the discovery and contempla∣tion of the endless number of truths that are continually presenting themselves to our view. These meditations are of a sublimity far above all others, whether they be purely intellectual, or whether they respect the nature and properties of material objects: they methodise, strengthen, and extend the reasoning faculties in the most eminent de∣gree, and so fit the mind the better for understanding and improving every other science; but, above all, they furnish us with the purest and most permanent delight, from the contemplation of truths peculiarly certain and immutable, and from the beautiful analogy which reigns through all the objects of similar inquiry. In the mathematical sciences, the discovery, often accidental, of a plain and simple property, is but the harbinger of a thousand others of the most sublime and beautiful nature, to which we are gradually led, delighted, from the more simple to the more compound and general, till the mind becomes quite en∣raptured at the full blaze of light bursting upon it from all directions.

    Page 84

    Of these very pleasing subjects, the striking analogy that prevails among the properties of geometrical figures, or figured extension, is not one of the least. Here we often find that a plain and obvious property of one of the simplest figures, leads us to, and forms only a particular case of, a property in some other figure, less simple; afterwards this again turns out to be no more than a particular case of another still more general; and so on, till at last we often trace the tendency to end in a general property of all figures whatever.

    The few properties which make a part of this paper, constitute a small specimen of the analogy, and even identity, of some of the more remarkable properties of the circle, with those of the sphere. To which are added some properties of the lines of section, and of contact, be∣tween the sphere and cone. Both which may be farther extended as occasions may offer: like as all of these properties have occurred from the circumstance, mentioned near the end of the paper, of considering the inner surface of a hollow spherical vessel, as viewed by an eye, or as illuminated by rays, from a given point.

    PROPOSITION I.

    All the tangents are equal, which are drawn, from a given point with∣out a sphere, to the surface of the sphere quite around.

    DEMONS. For, let PT be any tangent from the given point P; and draw PC to the center C, and join TC. Also let CTA be a great circle of the sphere in the plane of the triangle TPC. Then, CP and CT, as well as the angle T, which is right (Eucl. iii. 18), being constant, in every position of the tangent, or of the point of contact T; the square of PT will be every where equal to the difference of the squares of the constant lines CP, CT, and therefore constant; and consequently the line or tangent PT itself of a constant length, in every position, quite round the surface of the sphere.

    [figure] diagram

    Page 85

    PROP. II.

    If a tangent be drawn to a sphere, and a radius be drawn from the center to the point of contact, it will be perpendicular to the tangent; and a perpendicular to the tangent will pass through the center.

    DEMONS. For, let PT be the tangent, TC the radius, and CTA a great circle of the sphere in the plane of the triangle TPC, as in the foregoing proposition. Then, PT touching the circle in the point T, the radius TC is perpendicular to the tangent PT by Eucl. iii. 18, 19.

    PROP. III.

    If any line or chord be drawn in a sphere, its extremes terminating in the circumference; then a perpendicular drawn to it from the center, will bisect it: and if the line drawn from the center, bisect it, it is per∣pendicular to it.

    DEMONS. For, a plane may pass through the given line and the cen∣ter of the sphere; and the section of that plane with the sphere, will be a great circle (Theodos. i. 1), of which the given line will be a chord. Therefore (Eucl. iii. 3) the perpendicular bisects the chord, and the bisecting line is perpendicular.

    COROL. A line drawn from the center of the sphere, to the center of any lesser circle, or circular section, is perpendicular to the plane of that circle. For, by the proposition, it is perpendicular to all the dia∣meters of that circle.

    PROP. IV.

    If from a given point, a right line be drawn in any position through a sphere, cutting its surface always in two points; the rectangle con∣tained under the whole line and the external part, that is the rectangle contained by the two distances between the given point, and the two points where the line meets the surface of the sphere, will always be of

    Page 86

    the same constant magnitude, namely, equal to the square of the tangent drawn from the same given point.

    DEMONS. Let P be the given point, and AB the two points in which the line PAB meets the surface of the sphere: through PAB and the center let a plane cut the sphere in the great circle TAB, to which draw the tangent PT. Then the rectangle PA.PB is equal to the square of PT (Eucl. iii. 36); but PT, and consequently its square, is con∣stant by Prop. 1; therefore the rectangle PA.PB, which is always equal to this square, is every where of the same constant magnitude.

    [figure] diagram

    PROP. V.

    If any two lines intersect each other within a sphere, and be termi∣nated at the surface on both sides; the rectangle of the parts of the one line, will be equal to the rectangle of the parts of the other. And, universally, the rectangles of the two parts of all lines passing through the point of intersection, are all of the same magnitude.

    DEMONS. Through any one of the lines, as AB, conceive a plane to be drawn through the center C of the sphere, cutting the sphere in the great circle ABD; and draw its diameter DCPF through the point of intersection P of all the lines. Then the rectangle AP.PB is equal to the rectangle DP.PF (Eucl. iii. 35).

    [figure] diagram

    Again, through any other of the intersecting lines GH, and the center, conceive another plane to pass, cutting the sphere in another great circle DGFH. Then, because the points C and P are in this latter plane, the line CP, and consequently the whole diameter DCPF, is in the same plane; and therefore it is a diameter of the circle DGFH, of which GPH is a chord. Therefore, again, the rectangle GP.PH is equal to the rectangle DP.PF (Eucl. iii. 35)

    Page 37

    Consequently all the rectangles AP.PB, GP.PH, &c. are equal, being each equal to the constant rectangle DP.PF.

    COROL. The great circles passing through all the lines or chords which intersect in the point P, will all intersect in the common dia∣meter DPF.

    PROP. VI.

    If a sphere be placed within a cone, so as to touch it in two points; then shall the outside of the sphere, and the inside of the cone, mutually touch quite around, and the line of contact will be a circle.

    DEMONS. Let V be the vertex of the cone, C the center of the sphere, T one of the two points of contact, and TV a side of the cone. Draw CT, CV. Then TVC is a triangle right-angled at T (Prop. 2). In like manner, t being another point of contact, and Ct being drawn, the triangle tVC will be right-angled at t. These two triangles then, TVC, tVC, having the two sides CT, TV, equal to the two Ct, tV (Prop. 1), and the included angle T equal to the included angle t, will be equal in all respects (Eucl. i. 4), and consequently have the angle TVC equal to the angle tVC.

    [figure] diagram

    Again, let fall the perpendiculars TP, tP. Then the two triangles TVP, tVP, having the two angles TVP and TPV equal to the two tVP and tPV, and the side TV equal to the side tV (Prop. 1), will be equal in all respects (Eucl. i. 26); consequently TP is equal to tP, and VP equal to VP. Hence PT, Pt are radii of a little circle of the sphere, whose plane is perpendicular to the line CV, and its cir∣cumference every where equidistant from the point C or V. This circle is therefore a circular section both of the sphere and of the cone, and is therefore the line of their mutual contact. Also CV is the axis of the cone.

    Page 88

    COROL. 1. The axis of a cone, when produced, passes through the center of the inscribed sphere.

    COROL. 2. Hence also, every cone circumscribing a sphere, so that their surfaces touch quite around, is a right cone; nor can any scalene or oblique cone touch a sphere in that manner.

    PROP. VII.

    The two common sections of the surfaces of a sphere and a right cone, are the circumferences of circles if the axis of the cone pass through the center of the sphere.

    DEMONS. Let V be the vertex of the cone, C the center of the sphere, and S one point of the less or nearer section; draw the lines CS, CV. Then, in the triangle CSV, the two sides CS, CV, and the in∣cluded angle SCV, are constant for all positions of the side VS; and therefore the side VS is of a constant length for all positions, and is consequently the side of a right cone having a circular base; therefore the locus of all the points S, is the circumference of a circle perpendicular to the axis CV, that is, the common section of the surfaces of the sphere and cone, is that circumference.

    [figure] diagram

    In the same manner it is proved that, if A be any point in the farther or greater section, and CA be drawn; then VA is constant for all po∣sitions, and therefore, as before, is the side of a cone cut off by a circu∣lar section whose plane is perpendicular to the axis.

    And these circles, being both perpendicular to the axis, are parallel to each other. Or, they are parallel because they are both circular sec∣tions of the cone.

    COROL. 1. Hence SA = sa, because VA = Va, and VS = Vs.

    COROL. 2. All the intercepted equal parts SA, sa, &c. are equally distant from the center. For, all the sides of the triangle SCA

    Page 89

    are constant, and therefore the perpendicular CP is constant also. And thus all the equal right lines or chords in a sphere, are equally distant from the center.

    COROL. 3. The sections are not circles, and therefore not in planes, if the axis pass not through the center. For then some of the points of section are farther from the vertex than others.

    PROP. VIII.

    Of the two common sections of a sphere and an oblique cone, if the one be a circle, the other will be a circle also.

    DEMONS. Let SAas and ASVa be sections of the sphere and cone, made by a common plane pass∣ing through the axes of the cone and the sphere; also Ss, Aa the diameters of the two sections. Now, by the supposition, one of these, as Aa, is the diameter of a circle. But the angle VSs = the angle VaA (Eucl. i. 13, and iii. 22), therefore Ss cuts the cone in sub-contrary position to Aa; and consequently if a plane pass through Ss, and perpendicular to the plane AVa, its section with the oblique cone will be a circle, whose diameter is the line Ss (Apol. i. 5). But the section of the same plane and the sphere, is also a circle whose diameter is the same line Ss (Theod. i. 1). Consequently the circum∣ference of the same circle, whose diameter is Ss, is in the surface both of the cone and sphere; and therefore that circle is the common sec∣tion of the cone and sphere.

    [figure] diagram

    In like manner, if the one section be a circle whose diameter is Sa, the other section will be a circle whose diameter is sA.

    COROL. 1. Hence if the one section be not a circle, neither of them is a circle; and consequently they are not in planes; for the section of a sphere by a plane, is a circle.

    COROL. 2. When the sections of a sphere and oblique cone are circles, the axis of the cone does not pass through the center of the

    Page 90

    sphere, (except when one of the sections is a great circle, or passes through the center). For the axis passes through the center of the base, but not perpendicularly; whereas a line drawn from the center of the sphere to the center of the base, is perpendicular to the base, by Cor. to Prop. 3.

    COROL. 3. Hence, if the inside of a bowl, which is a hemisphere, or any segment of the sphere, be viewed by an eye not situated in the axis produced, which is perpendicular to the section or brim; the lower, or extreme part of the internal surface which is visible, will be bounded by a circle of the sphere; and the part of the surface seen by the eye, will be included between the said circle, and the border or brim, which it intersects in two points. For the eye is in the place of the vertex of the cone; and the rays from the eye to the brim of the bowl, and thence continued from the nearer part of the brim, to the opposite in∣ternal surface, form the sides of the cone; which, by the proposition, will form a circular arc on the said internal surface; because the brim, which is the one section, is a circle.

    And hence, the place of the eye being given, the quantity of inter∣nal surface that can be seen, may be easily determined. For the dis∣tance and height of the eye, with respect to the brim, will give the greatest distance of the section below the brim, together with its magni∣tude and inclination to the plane of the brim; which being known, common menfuration furnishes us with the measure of the surface in∣cluded between them. Thus, if AB be the diameter in the vertical plane passing through the eye at E, also AFB the sec∣tion of the bowl by the same plane, and AIB the supplement of that arc. Draw EAF, EIB, cutting this vertical circle in F and I; and join IF. Then shall IF be the diameter of the section or extremity of the visible surface, and BF its greatest distance below the brim, an arc which measures an angle double the angle at A.

    [figure] diagram

    Page 91

    COROL. 4. Hence also, and from Proposition 4, it follows, that if through every point in the circumference of a circle, lines be drawn to a given point E out of the plane of the circle, so that the rectangle con∣tained under the parts between the point E and the circle, and between the same point E and some other point F, may always be of a certain given magnitude; then the locus of all the points F will also be a circle, cutting the former circle in the two points where the lines drawn from the given point E, to the several points in the circumference of the first circle, change from the convex to the concave side of the circumfer∣ence. And the constant quantity, to which the rectangle of the parts is always equal, is equal to the square of the line drawn from the given point E to either of the said two points of intersection.

    And thus the loci of the extremes of all such lines, are circles.

    PROP. IX. Prob.

    To place a given sphere, and a given oblique cone, in such positions, that their mutual sections shall be circles.

    Let V be the vertex, VB the least side, and VD the greatest side of the cone. In the plane of the triangle VBD it is evident will be found the center of the sphere. Parallel to BD draw Aa the diameter of a circular section of the cone, so that it be not greater than the diameter of the sphere. Bisect Aa with the perpendicular EC; with the center A and ra∣dius of the sphere, cut EC in C, which will be the center of the sphere; from which therefore describe a great circle of it cutting the sides of the cone in the points S, s, A, a : so shall Ss and Aa be the diameters of circular sections which are common to both the sphere and cone.

    [figure] diagram

    Page 92

    NOTE. The substance of the above propositions was drawn up seve∣ral years ago. And Mr. Bonnycastle and Mr. George Sanderson have this day shewn me the solution of a question in the London Magazine for April 1777, in which a similar section of a sphere with a cone, is proved to be a circle, and which I had never seen before. Nor do I know of any other writings on the same subject.

    July 29, 1785.

    Page 93

    TRACT VIII. Of the Geometrical Division of Circles and Ellipses into any Number of Parts, and in any proposed Ratios.

    ART. 1. IN the year 1774 was published a pamphlet in octavo, with this title, A Dissertation on the Geometrical Analysis of the Antients. With a Collection of Theorems and Problems, without Solu∣tions, for the Exercise of Young Students. This pamphlet was anony∣mous; it was however well known to myself and several other persons, that the author of it was the late Mr. John Lawson, B. D. rector of Swanscombe in Kent, an ingenious and learned geometrician, and, what is still more estimable, a most worthy and good man; one in whose heart was found no guile, and whose pure integrity, joined to the most amiable simplicity of manners, and sweetness of temper, gained him the affection and respect of all who had the happiness to be acquainted with him. His collection of problems in that pamphlet concluded with this singular one, "To divide a circle into any number of parts, which shall be as well equal in area as in circumference.—N. B. This may seem a paradox, however it may be effected in a manner strictly geo∣metrical." The solution of this seeming paradox he reserved to him∣self, as far as I know. I fell upon the discovery however soon after; and other persons might do the same. My resolution of it was pub∣lished in an account which I gave of the pamphlet in the Critical Review for 1775, vol. xl. and which the author informed me was on

    Page 94

    the same principle as his own. This account is in page 21 of that volume, and in the following words:

    2. "We have no doubt but that our mathematical readers will agree with us in allowing the truth of the author's remark concerning the seeming paradox of this problem; because there is no geometrical method of dividing the circumference of a circle into any proposed number of parts taken at pleasure, and it does not readily appear that there can be any othermethod of resolving the problem, than by draw∣ing radii to the points of equal division in the circumference. However another method there is, and that strictly geometrical, which is as follows.

    "Divide the diameter AB of the given circle into as many equal parts as the circle itself is to be divided into, at the points C, D, E, &c. Then on the diameters AC, AD, AE, &c. as also on BE, BD, BC, &c. describe semicircles, as in the annexed figure: and they will divide the whole circle as required.

    [figure] diagram

    "For, the several diameters being in arithmetical progression, of which the common difference is equal to the least of them, and the dia∣meters of circles being as their circumferences, these will also be in arithmetical progression. But, in such a progression, the sum of the ex∣tremes is equal to the sum of each two terms equally distant from them; therefore the sum of the circumferences on AC and CB, is equal to the sum of those on AD and DB, and of those on AE and EB, &c. and each sum equal to the semi-circumference of the given circle on the diameter AB. Therefore all the parts have equal perimeters, and each is equal to the circumference of the proposed circle. Which satisfies one of the conditions in the problem.

    Page 95

    "Again, the same diameters being as the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, &c. and the areas of circles being as the squares of their diameters, the semicircles will be as the numbers 1, 4, 9, 16, &c. and consequently the differences between all the adjacent semicircles are as the terms of the arithmetical progression 1, 3, 5, 7, &c. and here again the sums of the extremes, and of every two equidistant means, make up the seve∣ral equal parts of the circle. Which is the other condition."

    3. But this subject admits of a more geometrical form, and is capa∣ble of being rendered very general and extensive, and is moreover very fruitful in curious consequences. For first, in whatever ratio the whole diameter is divided, whether into equal or unequal parts, and whatever be the number of the parts, the peri∣meters of the spaces will still be equal. For since circumferences of circles are always as their diameters, and because AB and AD + DB and AC + CB are all equal, therefore the semi-circum∣ferences c and b + d and a + e are all equal, and constant, whatever be the ratio of the parts AD, DC, CB, of the diame∣ter. We shall presently find too that the spaces TV, RS, and PQ, will be universally as the same parts AD, DC, CB, of the diameter.

    [figure] diagram

    4. The semicircles having been described as before mentioned, erect CE perpendicular to AB, and join BE. Then I say, the circle on the diameter BE, will be equal to the space PQ. For, join AE.

    Page 96

    Now the space P = semicircle on AB − semicircle on AC: but the semicir. on AB = semicir. on AE + semicir. on BE, and the semicir. on AC = semicir. on AE − semicir. on CE, theref. semic. AB − semic. AC = semic. BE + semicir. CE, that is the space P is = semic. BE + semicir. CE; to each of these add the space Q, or the semicircle on BC, then P + Q = semic. BE + semic. CE + semic. BC, that is P + Q = double the semic. BE, or = the whole circle on BE.

    5. In like manner, the two spaces PQ and RS together, or the whole space PQRS, is equal to the circle on the diameter BF. And therefore the space RS alone, is equal to the difference, or the circle on BF minus the circle on BE.

    6. But, circles being as the squares of their diameters, BE2, BF2, and these again being as the parts or lines BC, BD, therefore the spaces PQ, PQRS, RS, TV, are respectively as the lines BC, BD, CD, AD, And if BC be equal to CD, then will PQ be equal to RS, as in the first or simplest case.

    7. Hence, to find a circle equal to the space RS, where the points D and C are taken at random: From either end of the diameter, as A, take AG equal to DC, erect GH perpendicular to AB, and join AH; then the circle on AH will be equal to the space RS. For, the space PQ: the space RS ∷ BC ∶ CD or AG, that is as BE2: AH2 the squares of the diameters, or as the circle on BE to the cir∣cle on AH; but the circle on BE is equal to the space PQ, and therefore the circle on AH is equal to the space RS.

    8. Hence, to divide a circle in this manner, into any number of parts, that shall be in any ratios to one another: Divide the diameter

    Page 97

    into as many parts, at the points D, C, &c. and in the same ratios as those proposed; then on the several distances of these points from the two ends A and B, as diameters, describe the alternate semicircles on the different sides of the whole diameter AB: and they will divide the whole circle in the manner proposed. That is, the spaces TV, RS, PQ, will be as the lines AD, DC, CB.

    9. But these properties are not confined to the circle alone, but are to be found also in the ellipse, as the genus of which the circle is only a species. For if the annexed figure be an ellipse described on the axis AB, the area of which is, in like manner, divided by similar semiellipses, described on AD, AC, BC, BD, as axes, all the semiperimeters f, ae, bd, c, will be equal to one another, for the same reason as before in Art. 3, namely, because the peripheries of ellipses are as their diameters. And the same property would still hold good, if AB were any other diameter of the ellipse, instead of the axis; describing upon the parts of it semiellipses which shall be similar to those into which the diameter AB divides the given ellipse.

    [figure] diagram

    10. And, if a circle be described about the ellipse, on the diame∣ter AB, and lines be drawn similar to those in the second figure; then, by a process the very same as in Art. 4, et seq. substituting only semiellipse for semicircle, it is found that the space

    • PQ is equal to the similar ellipse on the diameter BE,
    • PQRS is equal to the similar ellipse on the diameter BF,
    • RS is equal to the similar ellipse on the diameter AH,
    or to the difference of the ellipses on BF and BE; also the elliptic spaces PQ, PQRS, RS, TV, are respectively as the lines BC, BD, DC, AD,

    Page 98

    the same ratio as the circular spaces. And hence an ellipse is divided into any number of parts, in any assigned ratios, in the same manner as the circle is divided, namely, dividing the axis, or any diameter in the same manner, and on the parts describing similar semi∣ellipses.

    Page 99

    TRACT IX. New Experiments in Artillery; for determining the Force of fired Gun∣powder, the Initial Velocity of Cannon Balls, the Ranges of Pieces of Cannon at different Elevations, the Resistance of the Air to Projectiles, the Effect of different Lengths of Cannon, and of different Quantities of Powder, &c. &c.

    Sect. 1. AT Woolwich in the year 1775, in conjunction with some able officers of the Royal Regiment of Artillery, and other ingenious gentlemen, I first instituted a course of experiments on fired gunpowder and cannon balls. My account of them was presented to the Royal Society, who honoured it with the gift of the annual gold medal, and printed it in the Philosophical Transactions for the year 1778. The object of those experiments, was the determination of the actual velocities with which balls are impelled from given pieces of cannon, when fired with given charges of powder. They were made according to the method invented by the very ingenious Mr. Robins, and de∣scribed in his treatise on the new principles of gunnery, of which an account was printed in the Philosophical Transactions for the year 1743. Before the discoveries and inventions of that gentleman, very little progress had been made in the true theory of military projectiles. His book however contained such important discoveries, that it was soon translated into several of the languages on the continent, and the late samous Mr. L. Euler honoured it with a very learned and extensive commentary, in his translation of it into the German language. That

    Page 100

    part of Mr. Robins's book has always been much admired, which re∣lates to the experimental method of ascertaining the actual velocities of shot, and in imitation of which, but on a large scale, those experiments were made which were described in my paper. Experiments in the manner of Mr. Robins were generally repeated by his commentators, and others, with universal satisfaction; the method being so just in theory, so simple in practice, and altogether so ingenious, that it imme∣diately gave the fullest conviction of its excellence, and the eminent abilities of the inventor. The use which our author made of his inven∣tion, was to obtain the real velocities of bullets experimentally, that he might compare them with those which he had computed a priori from a new theory of gunnery which he had invented, in order to verify the principles on which it was founded. The success was fully answerable to his expectations, and left no doubt of the truth of his theory, at least when applied to such pieces and bullets as he had used. These however were but small, being only musket balls of about an ounce weight: for, on account of the great size of the machinery necessary for such experiments, Mr. Robins, and other ingenious gentlemen, have not ventured to ex∣tend their practice beyond bullets of that kind, but contented them∣selves with ardently wishing for experiments to be made in a similar manner with balls of a larger sort. By the experiments described in my paper therefore I endeavoured, in some degree, to supply that de∣fect, having used cannon balls of above twenty times the size, or from one pound to near three pounds weight. Those are the only experi∣ments, that I know of, which have been made in that way with can∣non balls, although the conclusions to be deduced from such a course, are of the greatest importance in those parts of natural philosophy which are connected with the effects of fired gunpowder: nor do I know of any other practical method besides that above, of ascertaining the initial velocities of military projectiles within any tolerable degree of the truth; except that of the recoil of the gun, hung on an axis in the same manner as the pendulum; which was also first pointed out and used by Mr. Robins, and which has lately been practised also by Benjamin

    Page 101

    Thompson, Esq. in his very ingenious and accurate set of experiments with musket balls, described in his paper in the Philosophical Trans∣actions for the year 1781. The knowledge of this velocity is of the greatest consequence in gunnery: by means of it, together with the law of the resistance of the medium, every thing is determinable which re∣lates to that business; for, as I remarked in the paper above-mentioned on my first experiments, it gives us the law relative to the different quantities of powder, to the different weights of balls, and to the dif∣ferent lengths and sizes of guns, and it is also an excellent method of trying the strength of different sorts of powder. Beside these, there does not seem to be any thing wanting to answer every inquiry that can be made concerning the flight and ranges of shot, except the effects arising from the resistance of the medium.

    2. In that course of experiments were compared the effects of differ∣ent quantities of powder, from two to eight ounces; the effects of different weights of shot; and the effects of different sizes of shot, or different degrees of windage, which is the difference between the dia∣meter of the shot and the diameter of the bore; all of which were found to observe certain regular and constant laws, as far as the experi∣ments were carried. And at the end of each day's experiments, the deductions and conclusions were made, and the reasons clearly pointed out why some cases of velocity differ from others, as they properly and regularly ought to do. So that I am surprized how they could be mis∣understood by Mr. Templehof, captain in the Prussian artillery, when speaking of the irregularities in such experiments, he says, (page 126 of Le Bombardier Prussien, printed at Berlin, 1781) "La meme chose arriva a Mr. Hutton, il la trouva de 626 pieds, & le jour suivant de 973 pieds, tout les circonstances étant d'ailleurs égales:" which last words shew that Mr. T. had either misunderstood, or had not read the reason, which is a very sufficient one, for this remarkable difference: it is expressly remarked in page 71 of my paper in the Philosophical

    Page 102

    Transactions, that all the circumstances were not the same, but that the one ball was much smaller than the other, and that it had the less de∣gree of velocity, 626 feet, because of the greater loss of the elastic fluid by the windage in the case of the smaller ball. On the contrary, the velocities in those experiments were even more uniform and similar thancould be expected in such large machinery, and in a first attempt of the kind too. And from the whole, the following important con∣clusions were fairly drawn and stated, viz.

    "(1.) And first, it is made evident by these experiments, that pow∣der fires almost instantaneously, seeing that almost the whole of the charge fires, though the time be much diminished.

    "(2.) The velocities communicated to shot of the same weight, with different quantities of powder, are nearly in the subduplicate ratio of those quantities. A very small variation, in defect, taking place when the quantities of powder become great.

    "(3.) And when shot of different weights are fired with the same quantity of powder, the velocities communicated to them, are nearly in the reciprocal sub-duplicate ratio of their weights.

    "(4.) So that, universally, shot which are of different weights, and impelled by the firing of different quantities of powder, acquire velo∣cities which are directly as the square roots of the quantities of powder, and inversely as the square roots of the weights of the shot, nearly.

    "(5.) It would therefore be a great improvement in artillery, to make use of shot of a long form, or of heavier matter; for thus the mo∣mentum of a shot, when fired with the same weight of powder, would be increased in the ratio of the square root of the weight of the shot.

    Page 103

    "(6.) It would also be an improvement, to diminish the windage: for, by so doing, one third or more of the quantity of powder might be saved.

    "(7.) When the improvements mentioned in the last two articles are considered as both taking place, it is evident that about half the quantity of powder might be saved; which is a very considerable ob∣ject. But important as this saving may be, it seems to be still ex∣ceeded by that of the guns: for thus a small gun may be made to have the effect and execution of one of two or three times its size in the present way, by discharging a long shot of two or three times the weight of its natural ball, or round shot: and thus a small ship might discharge shot as heavy as those of the greatest now made use of.

    "Finally, as the above experiments exhibit the regulations with re∣gard to the weight of powder and balls, when fired from the same piece of ordnance; so by making similar experiments with a gun, varied in its length, by cutting off from it a certain part before each course of experiments, the effects and general rules for the different lengths of guns, may be certainly determined by them. In short, the principles on which these experiments were made, are so fruitful in consequences, that, in conjunction with the effects of the resistance of the medium, they seem to be sufficient for answering all the inquiries of the speculative philosopher, as well as those of the practical artillerist."

    3. Such then was the state of the first set of experiments with cannon balls in the year 1775, and such were the probable advantages to be derived from them. I do not however know that any use has hitherto been made of them by authority for the public service; unless perhaps we are to except the instance of Carronades, a species of ordnance which hath since been invented, and in some degree adopted in the public

    Page 104

    service; for in this instance the proprietors of those pieces, by availing themselves of the circumstances of large balls, and very small windage, with small charges of powder, have been able to produce very consider∣able and useful effects with those light pieces, at a very small expence. Or perhaps those experiments were too much limited, and of too pri∣vate a nature, to merit a more general notice. Be that however as it may, the present additional course, which is to make the subject of this tract, will have very great advantages over the former, both in point of extent, variety, improvements in machinery, and in authority. His Grace the Duke of Richmond, the present master-general of the ordnance, in his indefatigable endeavours for the good of the public service, was pleased to order this extensive course of experiments, and to give directions for providing guns, and machinery, and every thing compleat and fitting for the proper execution of them.

    4. This course of experiments has been carried on under the direction of Major Blomefield, inspector of artillery, an officer of great profes∣sional merit, and whose ingenious contrivances in the machinery do him great credit. It has been our employment for three successive summers, namely, those of the years 1783, 1784, and 1785; and indeed it might be continued still much longer, either by extending it to more objects, or to more repetitions of experiments for the same object.

    5. The objects of this course have been various. But the principal articles of it as follows:

    • (1.) The velocities with which balls are projected by equal charges of powder, from pieces of the same weight and calibre, but of different lengths.
    • (2.) The velocities with different charges of powder, the weight and length of the gun being the same.
    • ...

    Page 105

    • (3.) The greatest velocity due to the different lengths of guns, to be obtained by increasing the charge as far as the resistance of the piece is capable of sustaining.
    • (4.) The effect of varying the weight of the piece; every thing else being the same.
    • (5.) The penetration of balls into blocks of wood.
    • (6.) The ranges and times of flight of balls; to compare them with their initial velocities, for determining the resistance of the medium.
    • (7.) The effect of wads; of different degrees of ramming, or compressing the charge; of different degrees of windage; of different positions of the vent; of chambers, and trunnions, and every other circumstance necessary to be known for the improvement of artillery.

    Of the Nature of the Experiment, and of the Machinery used in it.

    6. THE effects of most of the circumstances last mentioned are determined by the actual velocity with which the ball is projected from the mouth of the piece. Therefore the primary object of the experi∣ments is, to discover that velocity in all cases, and especially in such as usually occur in the common practice of artillery. This velocity is very great; from one thousand to two thousand feet or more, in a second of time. For conveniently estimating so great a velocity, the first thing necessary is, to reduce it, in some known proportion, to a small one.

    Page 106

    Which we may conceive to be effected in this manner: suppose the ball, projected with a great velocity, to strike some very heavy body, such as a large block of wood, from which it will not rebound, so that after the stroke they may both proceed forward together with a common velocity. By this means, it is obvious that the original velocity of the ball may be reduced in any proportion, or to any slow velocity which may con∣veniently be measured, by making the body struck to be sufficiently large: for it is well known that the common velocity, with which the ball and the block of wood would move on together after the stroke, bears to the original velocity of the ball before the stroke, the same ratio which the weight of the ball has to that of the ball and block together. Thus then velocities of one thousand feet in a second are easily reduced to those of two or three feet only: which small velocity being measured by any convenient means, let the number denoting it be increased in the ratio of the weight of the ball to the weight of the ball and block together, and the original velocity of the ball itself will thereby be obtained.

    7. Now this reduced velocity is rendered easy to be measured by a very simple and curious contrivance, of Mr. Robins, which is this: the block of wood, which is struck by the ball, instead of being left at liberty to move straight forward in the direction of the motion of the ball, is suspended, like the weight of the vibrating pendulum of a clock, by a strong iron stem, having a horizontal axis at the top, on the ends of which it vibrates freely when struck by the ball. The con∣sequence of this simple contrivance is evident: this large ballistic pen∣dulum, after being struck by the ball, will be penetrated by it to a small depth, and it will then swing round its axis, describing an arch, which will be greater or less according to the force of the blow struck; and from the magnitude of the arch described by the vibrating pendu∣lum, the velocity of any point of the pendulum can be easily computed: for a body acquires the same velocity by falling from the same height,

    Page 107

    whether it descend perpendicularly down, or otherwise; therefore, ha∣ving given the length of the arc described by the center of oscillation, and its radius, the versed sine becomes known, which is the height per∣pendicularly descended by that point of the pendulum. The height de∣scended being thus known, the velocity acquired in falling through that height becomes known also, from the common rules for the descent of bodies by the force of gravity. And the velocity of this center, thus obtained, is to be esteemed the velocity of the whole pendulum itself: which being now given, that of the ball before the stroke becomes known, from the given weights of the ball and pendulum. Thus then the determination of the very great velocity of the ball is reduced to the mensuration of the magnitude of the arch described by the pendu∣lum, in consequence of the blow struck.

    8. Now this arch may be determined in various ways: in the follow∣ing experiments it was ascertained by measuring the length of its chord, which is the most useful line about it for making the calculation by; and this chord was measured sometimes by means of a piece of tape or nar∣row ribbon, the one end of which was fastened to the bottom of the pendulum, and the rest of it made to slide through a small machine con∣trived for the purpose; and sometimes it was measured by the trace of the fine point of a stylette in the bottom of the pendulum, made in an arch concentric with the axis, and covered with a composition of a pro∣per consistence; which will be particularly described hereafter.

    9. Another similar method of measuring the great velocity of the ball is, by observing the arch of recoil of the gun, when it is hung also after the manner of a pendulum: for, by loading the gun with adventitious weight, it may be made so heavy as to swing any convenient extent of arch we please, which arch it is evident will be greater or less according to the velocity of the ball, or force of the inslamed powder, since action and re-action are equal and contrary; that is, the velocity of the ball will

    Page 108

    be greater than the velocity of the center of oscillation of the gun, in the same proportion as the weight of the gun exceeds the weight of the ball. And therefore, if the velocity of the center of oscillation of the gun be computed, from the chord of the arc described by it in the recoil, the velocity of the ball will be found by this proportion; namely, as the weight of the ball is to the weight of the gun, so is the velocity of the gun to the velocity of the ball: that is, if the weight of powder had no effect on the recoil.

    10. This description may suffice to convey a general idea of the na∣ture and principles of the experiment, for determining the velocity with which a ball is projected, by any charge of powder, from a piece of ord∣nance. But it is to be observed that, besides the center of oscillation, and the weights of the ball and pendulum, or gun, the effect of the blow depends also on the place of the center of gravity in the pendulum or gun, and that of the point struck, or the place where the force is ex∣erted; for it is evident that the arch of vibration will be greater or less according to the situation of these two points also. It will therefore be necessary now to give a more particular description of the machinery, and of the methods of finding the aforesaid requisites; and then we shall investigate our general rules for determining the velocity of the ball, in all cases, from them and the chord of the arch of vibration, either of the pendulum or gun.

    Of the Guns, Powder, Balls, and Machinery employed in these Experiments.

    11. FIVE very fine brass one-pounder guns were cast and pre∣pared, in Woolwich Warren, for these experiments, and bored as true as possible; the common diameter of their bore being 2 inches and 2/100

    Page 109

    parts of an inch. These five guns are exactly represented in plate 1, with the scale of their dimensions, by which they were drawn. Three of these, namely, no. 1, 2, 3, are nearly of the same weight, but of the respective lengths of 15, 20, and 30 calibers; in order to ascertain the effect of different lengths of bore, with the same weight of gun, powder, and ball. The other two, no. 4 and 5, were heavier, and of 40 calibers in length; to obtain the effects of the longest pieces. No. 5 was more expressly to shew the effect of different lengths of the same gun: and for this purpose, it was to be fired a sufficient number of rounds with its whole length; and then to be successively diminished, by sawing off it 6 or 12 inches at a time, till it should be all cut away: firing a num∣ber of rounds with it at each length. And for the convenience of sus∣pending this gun near its center of gravity for all the different lengths of it, a long thin slip was cast with it, extending along the under side of it, from the breech to almost the middle of its length. By perforating this slip through with holes immediately under the center of gravity for each length, after being cut, a bolt was to pass through the hole, on which the gun might be suspended. The other guns were slung by their trunnions.

    The exact weight and dimensions of all these guns are exhibited in the following table.

      Length of the Diameter at the Diam. of the bore Weight
    No. of the gun Piece, in Bore, in breech muzzle    
      calib. inch calib. inch inch inch inch lb.
    1 15 30.3 13.91 28.2 7.85 6.88 2.02 290
    2 19.98 40.35 18.86 38.1 7.43 5.92 2.02 289
    3 29.2 60 28.4 57.37 6.73 4.68 2.02 295
    4 41.04 82.9 39.55 79.9 6.1 4.31 2.02 378
    5 40.84 82.5 39.83 80.47 6.47 4 2.02 502

    Page 110

    12. As these guns were to be slung by their trunnions, to observe the relation between the velocity of the ball and the arch of recoil described by the gun, vibrating on an axis, certain leaden weights were cast, to fit on very exactly about the trunnions of the gun, to render it so heavy, as that the arch of recoil might not be inconveniently great. These consisted, first of central pieces to fit the trunnions, and then over them cylindrical rings of different sizes, both turned to fit exactly; the whole being held firmly together by iron bolts put into holes bored through all the pieces. These were also of different sizes, so as to bring all the guns exactly up to the same weight; the whole weight of each, toge∣ther with 188 lb weight of iron, about the stem and machine, by which the gun was slung, was 917 lb; with which weight most of the experi∣ments were made: notice being always taken when any alteration was made in the weights, as well as in the other circumstances. The com∣mon weight of 917 lb is made up of the different guns and leads, and the common weight of iron, as below:

    No. Guns Leads Iron Total
    1 290 + 439 + 188 = 917
    2 289 + 440 + 188 = 917
    3 295 + 434 + 188 = 917
    4 378 + 351 + 188 = 917
    5 502 + 227 + 188 = 917
    These were the weights at first; but soon after, the braces, or strengthen∣ing rods of the gun frame, were made longer and thicker, which added 11 lb to their weights, and then the whole weight of each was 928 lb.

    13. In these experiments, the velocity of the ball, by which the force of the powder is determined, was to be measured both by the ballistic pendulum into which the ball was fired, and by the arch of recoil of the gun, which was hung on an axis by an iron stem, after the same

    Page 111

    manner as the pendulum itself, and the arcs vibrated in both cases mea∣sured in the same way. Plates 11 and 111 contain general representa∣tions of the machinery of both; namely, a side view and a front view of each, as they hung by their stem and axis on the wooden supports. In plate 11, fig. 1 is the side-view of the pendulum, and fig. 2 the side∣view of the gun, as slung in their frames. And in plate 111, fig. 1 and 2 are the front-views of the same.

    14. In fig. 1, of both plates, A is the pendulous block of wood, into which the balls are fired, strongly bound with thick bars of iron, and hung by a strong iron stem, which is connected by an axis at top; the whole being firmly braced together by crossing diagonal rods of iron. The cylin∣drical ends of the axis, both in the gun and pendulum, were at first placed to turn upon smooth flat plate-iron surfaces, having perpendicular pins put in before and behind the sides of the axis, to keep it in its place, and prevent it from slipping backwards and forwards. But, this method being attended with too much friction, the ends of the axis were sup∣ported and made to roll upon curved pieces, having the convexity up∣wards, and the pins, before and behind the axis, set so as not quite to touch it; which left a small degree of play to the axis, and made the fric∣tion less than before. But, still farther to diminish the friction, the lower side of the ends of the axis was sharpened off a little, something like the axis of a scale beam, and made to turn in hollow grooves, which were rounded down at both ends, and standing higher in the middle, like the curvature of a bent cylinder; by which means the edge of the axis touched the grooves, not in a line, but in one point only; when it vi∣brated with very great freedom, having an almost imperceptible degree of friction. The several times and occasions when these, and other im∣provements, were introduced and used, will be more particularly noticed in the journal of the experiments.

    Page 112

    15. At first, the chord of the arc, of vibration and recoil, was measured by means of a prepared narrow tape, divided into inches and tenths, as before. A new contrivance of machinery was however made for it. From the bottom of the pendulum, or gun-frame, proceeded a tongue of iron, which was raised or lowered by means of a screw at B; this was cloven at the bottom C, to receive the end of the tape, and the lips then pinched together by a screw, which held the tape fast. Immediately below this the tape was passed between two slips of iron, which could be brought to any degree of nearness by two screws; these pieces were made to slide vertically up and down a groove in a heavy block of wood, and fixed at any height by a screw D. One of these latter pieces was extended out a considerable length, to prevent the tape from getting over its ends, and entangling in the returns of the vibrations. The extent of tape drawn out in a vibration, it is evident, is the chord of the arc described, and counted in inches and tenths, to the radius measured from the middle of the axis to the bottom of the tongue.

    16. This method however was found to be attended with much trouble, and many inconveniences, as well as doubts and uncertainty sometimes. For which reasons we afterwards changed this method of measuring the chord of vibration for another, which answered much bet∣ter in every respect. This consisted in a block of wood, having its upper surface EF formed into a circular arc, whose center was in the middle of the axis, and consequently its radius equal to the length from the axis to the upper surface of the block. In the middle of this arch was made a shallow groove of 3 or 4 inches broad, running along the middle, through the whole length of the arch. This groove was filled with a composition of soft-soap and wax, of about the consistence of honey, or a little firmer, and its upper side smoothed off even with the general sur∣face of the broad arch. A sharp spear or stylette then proceeded from the bottom of the pendulum or gun-frame, and so low as just to enter and scratch along the surface of the composition in the groove, without

    Page 113

    having any sensible effect in retarding the motion of the body. The trace remaining, the extent of it could easily be measured. This measurement was effected in the following manner:—A line of chords was laid down upon the upper surface of the wooden arch, on each side of the groove, and the divisions marked with lines on a ground of white paint: the edge of a straight ruler being then laid across by the cor∣responding divisions, just to touch the farthest extent of the trace in the composition, gave the length of the chord as marked on the arch. To make the computations by the rule for the velocity easier, the divi∣sions on the chords were made exact thousandth parts of the radius, which saved the trouble of dividing by the radius at every operation. The manner in which I constructed this line of chords on the face of the arch was this: The radius was made just 10 feet; I therefore pre∣pared a smooth and straight deal rod, upon which I set off 10 feet; I then divided each foot into 10 equal parts, and each of these into 10 parts again; by which means the whole rod or radius was divided into 1000 equal parts, being 100th parts of a foot. I then transferred the divisions of the rod to the face of the arch in this manner, namely; the first divi∣sion of the rod was applied to the side of the arch at the beginning of it, and made to turn round there as a center; then, in that position, the rod, when turned vertically round that point, always touched the side of the arch, and the divisions of it were marked on the edge of the arch, successively as they came into a coincidence with it.

    17. In fig. 2, plate 11, G shews the leaden weights placed about the trunnions; H a screw for raising or depressing the breech of the gun, by means of the piece 1 embracing the cascable, and moveable along the perpendicular arm KL, to suit the different lengths of guns, and held to it by a screw passing through the slit made along it.

    The machines and operations for finding the ranges will be described hereafter.

    Page 114

    Of the Centers of Gravity and Oscillation.

    18. It being necessary to know the position of the centers of gravity and oscillation, without which the velocity cannot be computed; these were commonly determined every day as follows:

    The center of gravity was found by one or both of these two methods. First, a triangular prism of iron AB, being placed on the ground with one edge up∣wards, the pendulum or gun-frame was laid across it, and moved backward or forward, on the stem or block, as the case required, till the two parts exactly balanced each other in a horizontal position. Then, as it lay, the distance was measured from the middle of the axis to the part which rested on the edge of the prism, or the place of the center of gravity, which is the distance g of that center below the axis.

    [figure] diagram

    19. The other method is this: The ends of the axis being supported on fixed uprights, and a chord fastened to the lower end of the block, or of the gun frame, and passed over a pulley at P, different weights w were fastened to the other end of it, till the body was brought to a horizontal position. Then, taking also the whole weight of the body, and its length from the axis to the bottom, where the chord was fixed, the place of the center of gravity is found by this proportion:

    • As p the weight of the pendulum:
    • is to w the appended weight ∷
    • so is d the whole length from the axis to the chord:
    • to dw / p the distance from the axis to the center of gravity.

    Page 115

    Either of these two methods gave the place of the center of gravity suf∣ficiently exact; but the agreement of the results of both of them was still more satisfactory.

    20. To find the center of oscillation, the ballistic pendulum, or the gun, was hung up by its axis in its place, and then made to vibrate in small arcs, for 1 minute, or 2, or 5, or 10 minutes; the more the better; as determined either by a half second pendulum, or a stop watch, or a peculiar time-piece, measuring the time to 40th parts of a second; and the number of vibrations performed in that time carefully counted. Having thus obtained the time answering to a certain number of vibra∣tions, the center of oscillation is easily found: for if n denote the number of vibrations made in s seconds, and l the length of the second pendulum, then it is well known that n 2s 2ls 2l / n 2 the distance from the axis of motion to the center of oscillation. And here if s be 60 seconds, or one minute, and n the number of vibrations performed in 1 minute, as found by dividing the whole number of vibrations, actually performed, by the whole number of minutes; then is n 2 ∶ 602l ∶ 3600l/nn the distance to the center of oscillation. But, by the best observations on the vibration of pendulums, it is found that l = 39⅛ inches is the length of the second pendulum for the latitude of London, or of Woolwich; and therefore 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 or 140850/nn = 0, will be the distance, in inches, or = 11737.5/nn in feet, of the center of oscillation below the axis. And by this rule the place of that center was found for each day of the experiments.

    Of the Rule for Computing the Velocity of the Ball.

    21. Having described the methods of obtaining the necessary dimen∣sions and weights, I proceed now to the investigation of the theorem by

    Page 116

    which the velocity of the ball is to be computed: and first by means of the pendulum.

    The several weights and measures being found, let b denote the weight of the ball, p the weight of the pendulum, g the distance to its center of gravity, o the distance to its center of oscillation, i the distance to the point of impact, or point struck, c the chord of the arch described by the pendulum, r its radius, or distance to the tape or arch, v the initial or original velocity of the ball.

    Then, from the nature of oscillatory motion, bii will express the sum of the forces of the ball acting at the distance i from the axis, and pgo the sum of the forces of the pendulum, and consequently pgo + bii the sum for both the ball and pendulum together; and if each be multiplied by its velocity, biiv will be the quantity of motion of the ball, and (pgo + bii) × z the quantity for the pendulum and ball together; where z is the velocity of the point of impact. But these quantities of motion, before and after the blow, must be equal to each other, therefore (pgo + bii) × z = biiv, and consequently z = biiv/pgo+bii is the velocity of the point of impact. Now because of the accession of the ball to the pendulum, the place of the center of oscillation will be changed; and the distance y of the new or compound center of oscillation will be found by dividing pgo + bii the sum of the forces, by pg + bi the sum of the mo∣menta, that is y = pgo+bii/pg+bi is the distance of the new or compound center of oscillation below the axis. Then, because biiv/pgo+bii is the velocity of the point whose distance is i, by similar figures we shall have this propor∣tion, as ipgo+bii/pg+bi (or y) ∷ biiv/pgo+biibiv/pg+bi the velocity of this com∣pound center of oscillation.

    Page 117

    Again, by the property of the circle, 2rcccc/2r, which will be the versed sine of the described arc, to the chord c and radius r; and hence, by similar figures, r : y or pgo+bii/pg+bicc/2rcc/2rr × pgo+bii/pg+bi the corresponding versed sine to the radius y, or the versed sine of the arc described by the compound center of oscillation; which call v. Then, because the velo∣city lost in ascending through the circular arc, or gained in descending through the same, is equal to the velocity acquired in descending freely by gravity through its versed sine, or perpendicular height, therefore the velocity of this center of oscillation will also be equal to the ve∣locity generated by gravity in descending through the space v or cc2rr × pgo+bii/pg+bi. But the space described by gravity in one second of time, in the latitude of London, is 16.09 feet, and the velocity ge∣nerated in that time 32.18; therefore, by the nature of free descents, √ 16.09 ∶ √v ∷ 32.18 ∶ 5.6727c/rpgo+bii/pg+bi, the velocity of the same center of oscillation, as deduced from the chord of the arc which is actually described.

    Having thus obtained two different expressions for the velocity of this center, independent of each other, let an equation be made of them, and it will express the relation of the several quantities in the question: thus then we have biv/pg+bi = 5.6727c/rpgo+bii/pg+bi. And from this equation we get 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 the true expression for the original velocity of the ball the moment before it strikes the pendulum. And this theorem agrees with those of Messrs. Euler and Antoni, and also with that of Mr. Robins nearly, for the same purpose, when his rule is corrected by the paragraph which was by mistake omitted in his book when first published; which correction he himself gave in a paper in the Philosophical Transactions for April 1743, and where he informs us that all the velocities of balls, mentioned in his book, except the first only,

    Page 118

    were computed by the corrected rule. Though the editor of his works, published in 1761, has inadvertently neglected this correction, and printed his book without taking any notice of it. And that remark, had M. Euler observed it, might have saved him the trouble of many of his animadversions on Mr. Robins's work.

    22. But this theorem may be reduced to a form much more simple and fit for use, and yet be sufficiently near the truth. Thus, let the root of the compound factor (pgo + bii) × (pg + bi) be extracted, and it will be equal to (pg + bi · o+i/20) × √0, within the 100000th part of the true value, in such cases as commonly happen in practice. But since bi · o+i/20, in our experiments, is usually but about the 500th, or 600th, or 800th part of pg, and since bi differs from bi · o+i/20 only by about the 100th part of itself, therefore pg + bi is within the 50000th part of pg + bi · o+i/20. Consequently v = 5.6727c · pg+bi/biro very nearly. Or, farther, if g be written for i in the last term bi, then finally v = 5.6727gc · p+b/biro; which is an easy theorem to be used on all occasions; and being within the 5000th part of the true quantity, it will always give the velocity true within less than half a foot, even in the cases of the greatest velocity. Where it must be observed, that c, g, i, r, may be taken in any measures, either feet or inches, &c. provided they be but all of the same kind; but o must be in feet, because the theorem is adapted to feet.

    23. As the balls remain in the pendulum during the time of making one whole set of experiments, both its weight and the position of the centers of gravity and oscillation will be changed by the addition of each ball which is lodged in the wood; and therefore p, g, o must be corrected after every shot, in the theorem for determining the velocity v. Now

    Page 119

    the succeeding value of p is always p + b; or p is to be corrected by the continual addition of b: and the succeeding value of g is 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, or g + ig/p b nearly; or g is corrected by adding always ig/p b to the next preceding value of g: and lastly, o is to be corrected by taking for its new values successively 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, or by adding always 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, or io/p b nearly, to the preceding value of o: so that the three corrections are made by adding always,

    • b to the value of p,
    • ig/p × b to the value of g,
    • io/p × b to the value of o.
    That is, when b is very small in respect of p.

    24. But as the distance of the center of oscillation o, whose square root is concerned in the theorem for the velocity v, is found from the number of vibrations n performed by the pendulum; it will be better to substitute, in that theorem, the value of o in terms of n. Now by Art. 20, the value of o is 11737.5/nn feet, and consequently √o = 108.3398/n; which value of √o being substituted for it in the theorem v = 5.6727gc × p+b/biro, it becomes v = 614.58gc × p+b/birn, or 59000/96 × p+b/birn gc, the simplest and easiest formula for the velocity of the ball in feet: where c, g, i, r may be taken in any one and the same measure, either all inches, or all feet, or any other measure.

    25. It will be necessary here to add a correction for n instead of that for o in Art. 23. Now, the correction for o being 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, and the

    Page 120

    value of n = 375.3/√o inches, the correction for n will be 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 by substituting the value of o instead of it: Which correction is negative, or to be subtracted from the former value of n. The corrections for p and g being b and 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, as in Art. 23; which are both additive. But the signs of these quantities must be changed when b is negative.

    26. Before we quit this rule, it may be necessary here to advert to three or four circumstances which may seem to cause some small error in the initial velocity, as determined by the formula in Art. 24. These are the friction on the axis, the resistance of the air to the back of the pendulum, the time which the ball employs in penetrating the wood of the pendulum, and the resistance of the air to the ball in its passage be∣tween the gun and the pendulum.

    As to the first of these, namely, the friction on the axis, by which the extent of its vibration is somewhat diminished; it may be observed, that the effect of this cause can never amount to a quantity considerable enough to be brought into account in our experiments; for, besides that care was taken to render this friction as small as possible, the effect of the small part which does remain is nearly balanced by the effect it has on the number n of vibrations performed in a minute; for the friction on the axis will a little retard its motion, and cause its vibrations to be slower, and sewer; so that c the length of a vibration, and n the number of vibrations, being both diminished by this cause, nearly in an equal degree, and c being a multiplier, and n a divisor, in our formula, it is

    Page 121

    evident that the effect of the friction in the one case operates against that in the other, and that the difference of the two is the real dis∣turbing cause, and which therefore is either equal to nothing, or very nearly so.

    27. The second cause of error is the resistance of the air against the back of the pendulum, by which its motion is somewhat impeded. This resistance hinders the pendulum from vibrating so far, and describing so large an arch, as it would do if there was no such resistance; therefore the chord of the arc which is actually described and measured, is less than it really ought to be; and consequently the velocity of the ball, which is proportional to that chord, will be less than the real velocity of the ball at the moment it strikes the pendulum. And although the pen∣dulum be very heavy, and its motion but slow, and consequently the resistance of the air against it very small, it will yet be proper to investi∣gate the real effect of it, that we may be sure whether it may safely be neglected or not.

    In order to this, let the annexed figure represent the back of the pendulum, moving on its axis; and put p = weight of the pendulum, a = DE its breadth, r = AB the distance to the bottom, e = AC the distance to the top, x = AF any variable distance, g = distance of the center of gravity, o = distance of the center of oscillation, v = velocity of the center of oscillation, in any part of the vibration, h = 16.09 feet, the descent of gravity in 1 second, c = the chord of the arc actually described by the center of oscillation, and c = the chord which would be described by it if the air had no resistance.

    [figure] diagram

    Page 122

    Then o ∶ x ∷ vvx/o the velocity of the point F of the pendulum; and 4h 2hv 2 x 2/o 2v 2 x 2/4ho 2 the height descended by gravity to generate the velocity vx/o. Now the resistance of the air to the line DFE is equal to the pressure of a column of air upon it, whose height is the same v 2 x 2/4ho 2, and therefore that pressure or weight is nav 2 x 2/4ho 2, where n is the specific gravity, or weight of one cubic measure of air, or n = 62½ / 850lb = 5/68lb. Hence then nav 2 x 2 x/4ho 2 is the pressure on DEed, and nav 2 x 3 x/4ho 2 the momentum of the pressure on the same De, or the fluxion of the momentum on the block of the pendulum; and the cor∣rect fluent gives 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 for the momentum of the air on the whole pendulum, supposing that on the stem AC to be nothing, as it is nearly, both on account of its narrowness, and the diminution of the mo∣mentum of the particles by their nearness to the axis. Put now A = the compound coefficient 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, so shall A v 2 denote the momen∣tum of the air on the back of the pendulum.

    But the motion of the pendulum is also obstructed by its own weight, as well as by the resistance of the air; and that weight acts as if it were all concentered in the center of gravity, whose distance below the axis is g; therefore pg is its momentum in its natural or vertical direction, and pgs its momentum perpendicular to the motion of the pendulum, when s is the sine of the angle which it makes at any time with the vertical position, to the radius 1. Hence pgs + Av 2 is the momen∣tum of both the resistances together, namely that of the pressure of the air, and of the weight of the pendulum. And consequently pgs+Av 2/pg = s + A / pg v 2 is the real retarding force to the motion of the pendulum, at the center of oscillation; which force call f.

    Page 123

    Now if z denote the arc described by the center of oscillation, when its velocity is v, or z/o the arc whose fine is s; we shall have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, and, by the doctrine of forces, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.

    But cc/2o is the versed sine or height of the whole arc whose chord is c, and 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 is the versed sine or height of the part whose sine is os, therefore 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 is their difference, or the height of the remaining part, and is nearly equal to the height due to the velocity v; therefore 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 nearly. Then by substituting this for v 2 in the value of vv̇, we have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; and the fluents give 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; where Q is a constant quantity by which the fluent is to be corrected. Now, substituting v2 for v 2, and o for s, their corresponding values at the commencement of motion, the above fluent becomes v2 = 4ho + Q; from which the former subtracted, gives 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. And when v = o, or the pendulum is at the full extent of its ascent, then 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, at which point os is the sine of the whole arc whose chord is c, and consequently 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.

    Page 124

    But the value of s being commonly small in respect of c/o, we shall have these following values nearly true, namely, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, z = os + ⅙ os 3, and 2o 2c 2/2o 2 zos = − c 2 s/2o + 2o 2c 2/12o s 3, which values, by substitution, give v 2 = 2hc 2/o + 16h 2 oA / pq (c 2 s/2o − 2o 2c 2/12o s 3).

    But c2/2o is the versed sine or height to the chord c, and v2 = 4h · c2/2o = 2hc2/o the square of the velocity due to that height; therefore 2hc2/o = 2hc 2/o + 16h 2 oA / pq (c 2 s/2o − 2o 2c 2/12o s 3, and c2 = c 2 + 8hoA / pq (c 2 s/2 − 2o 2c 2/12 s 3), or c2 = c 2 + 8hA / pq (c 3/3 + c /12o 2), and c = c + 4c 2 hA / 3pq nearly, or substituting for A, c = c + nac 2/12pg · r 4c 4/o 2 = c (1 + nac/12pg · r 4e 4/o 2). So that the chord of the arc which is actually described, is to that which would be described if the air had no resistance, as 1 is to 1 + nac/12pg · r 4e 4/o 2; and therefore nac/12pg · r 4e 4/o 2 is the part of the chord, and consequently of the velocity, lost by means of the resistance of the air. And the proportion is the same for the chords described by the lowest point, or any other point, of the pendulum.

    Page 125

    28. Now, to give an example, in numbers, of this effect of the resistance of the air; the ordinary mean values of the literal quantities are as here below,

    namely, therefore
    p = 700 nac = 25/102
    a = z  
    r = 8½ 12pg = 56000
    e = 6½ r 4 = 5220
    g = 6⅔ e 4 = 1785
    o = 7⅓ r 4e 4 = 3435
    n = 5/68 o 2 = 484/9
    c = 1⅔ nac/12pg · r 4e 4/o 2 = 1/3577
    So that the part of the chord, or velocity, lost by this cause, namely, the resistance of the air on the back of the pendulum, is but about the 1/3577, or about the 1/4000 part of the whole; and therefore this effect scarcely ever amounts to so much as half a foot. Being indeed about ½ of a foot when the velocity of the ball is 2000 feet,
    ¼ when it is 1000
    when it is 1500
    and so on in proportion to the whole velocity of the ball.

    And even this small effect may be supposed to be balanced by the method of determining the center of oscillation, or the number of vibra∣tions made in a second. So that the number of oscillations, and the chord of the arc described, being both diminished by the resistance of the air; and the one of these quantities being a multiplier, and the other a divisor, in the formula for the velocity; the one of those small effects will nearly balance the other; much in the same way as the effects of the first cause, or the friction on the axis. So that, these effects may both of them be safely neglected, as in no case amounting to any sensible quantity.

    Page 126

    In the beginning of this investigation, it is supposed that the resist∣ance of the medium is equal to the weight of a column of the medium, whose base is the moving surface, and its altitude equal to that from whence a heavy body must fall to acquire the velocity of that sur∣face. But some philosophers think the altitude should be only one half of that, and consequently the pressure only one half: which would ren∣der the resistance still less considerable. But if the altitude and resist∣ance were even double of that above found, it might be still safely neglected.

    28. The third seeming cause of error in our rule is the time in which the ball communicates its motion to the pendulum, or the time employed in the penetration. The principle on which the rule is founded supposes the momentum of the ball to be communicated in an instant; but this is not accurately the case, because this force is com∣municated during the time in which the ball makes the penetration. And although that time be evidently very small, scarcely amounting to the 500th part of a second, it will be proper to enquire what effect that circumstance may have on the truth of our theorem, or on the velocity of the ball, as computed by it.

    In order to this, let the notation employed in Art. 21 be supposed here; and let ABC be a side-view of the pendulum moved out of the vertical position AD by the perpendicular blow of the ball against the point D or C. Also

    • let x = DC the space moved by the point of impact C,
    • z = CB the depth penetrated by the ball,
    • v = velocity of the ball at B,
    • u = velocity of the point C of the pendulum, and
    • R = the uniform resisting force of the wood.

    [figure] diagram

    Then is R/b the retarding force of the ball, which is constant. Again, as the motion of the pendulum arises from the resisting force R of the

    Page 127

    wood, Ri will be its momentum; and as the sum of the forces in the pendulum was found to be = pgo, the accelerating force of the point c will be Rii/pgo, which force is constant also. But in the action of forces that are constant, the time t is equal to the velocity divided by the force, and by 2h or 2 × 16.09 feet, and the space is equal to the square of the velocity divided by the force and by 4h; consequently t = pgou/2hiiR, x = pgouu/4hiiR, and t = −bv / 2hR, x + z = −bvv / 4hR, or by correc. t = b/2hR × (v − v), x + z = b/4hR × (v 2 − v2). The two values of the time t being equated, we obtain pgou = bii(v − v), or pgou + biiv = biiv.

    And when v = u, or the action of the ball on the pendulum ceases, this equation becomes pgoU + biiU = biiv, and hence u = biiv/pgo+bii is the greatest velocity of the point C at the instant when the ball has penetrated to the greatest depth, and ceases to urge the pendulum farther. So that this velocity is the same, whatever the resisting force of the wood is, and therefore to whatever depth the ball penetrates, and the same as if the wood were perfectly hard, or the ball made no penetration at all. And this velocity of the point of impact also agrees with that which was found in Art. 21. So that the velocity communicated to the point of impact is the same, whether the impulse is made in an instant, or in some small portion of time. And hence, in the usual case of a penetration, because the block will have moved some small distance before it has attained its greatest velocity, it might at first view seem as if it would swing or rise higher than when that velocity is communicated in an instant, or when the pendulum is yet in its ver∣tical position, and so might describe a longer chord, and shew a greater velocity of the ball than it ought. But on the other hand it must be

    Page 128

    considered, that in the small part of its swing, which the pendulum has made before the penetration is completed, or has attained its greatest velocity, just as much velocity will be lost by the opposing gravity or weight of the pendulum, as if it had set out from the vertical position with the said greatest velocity; and therefore the real velocity at that height will be the same in both cases. Hence then it may safely be con∣cluded, that the circumstance of the ball's penetration causes no altera∣tion in the velocity of it, as computed by our formula. And as it was before found that no sensible error is incurred by the two first circum∣stances, namely, the friction on the axis, and the resistance of the air to the back of the pendulum, we may be well assured that our formula brings out the true velocity with which the ball strikes the pendulum, without any sensible error.

    29. Since biiv/pgo+bii denotes the greatest velocity which the point c of the pendulum acquires by the stroke, dividing by i, we shall have biv/pgo+bii for the angular velocity of the pendulum, or that of a radius 1. From which it appears that the vibration will be very small when i or the distance AD is small, and also when i is very great. And if we take this expression a maximum, and make its fluxion = 0, i only being variable, we shall obtain pgo = bii, and i = √ pgo/b for the distance of the center of percussion, or the point where the ball must strike so as to cause the greatest vibration in the pendulum; which point, in this case, is neither the center of gravity nor the center of oscillation; but will be at a great distance below the axis when p is great respect of b, as in the case of our experiments, in which p is 600 or 800 times b.

    Page 129

    30. It may not be improper here, by the way, to enquire a little into the time of the penetration, its extent or depth, and the measure of the resisting force of the wood.

    It was found above that x = pgouu/4hiiR, and x + z = b/4hR × (v 2 − v2). Now substituting in these biiv/pgo+bii, the greatest value of u, for u and v, we have 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉. The latter of these being the greatest depth penetrated by the ball into the wood, and the former the distance moved by the point C of the pen∣dulum at the instant when the penetration is completed. Both of which, it is evident, are directly as the square of the original velocity of the ball, and inversely as the resisting force of the wood; the other quantities remaining constant.

    Hence also it appears that, other things remaining, the penetration will be less, as i is greater, or as the point of impact is farther below the axis. It is farther evident that the penetration will diminish as the sum of the forces pgo diminishes.

    Now, for an example in numbers, a ball fired with a velocity of 1500 feet per second, has been found to penetrate about 14 inches into a block of sound dry elm, when the dimensions of the pendulum were as below:

    p = 660 lb the ball being cast iron,
    g = 78 inches or 6½ feet, its diameter 1.96 inches,
    o = 84 inches or 7 feet, and its weight 1 3/64 or 67/64 lb.
    i = 90 inches or 7½ feet, and the value of z is 14 inch. or 7/6 feet.

    Here the value of v is 1500, and z = 14 inches or 7/6 feet.

    Page 130

    Hence 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 nearly, which is the value of R for a ball of that size and weight. Or the resistance in this instance is 32000 times the force of gravity. Hence also 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 part of a foot, or 1/39 part of an inch, is the space moved by the point C of the pendulum when the penetration is completed.

    Also 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 part of a second, is the time of completing the penetration of 14 inches deep.

    31. Upon the whole then it appears, that our rule will give, without sensible error, the true velocity with which the ball strikes the pendulum. But this is not, however, the same velocity with which the ball issues from the mouth of the gun, which will indeed be something greater than the former, on account of the resistance of the air which the ball passes through in its way from the gun to the pendulum. And although this space of air be but small, and although the elastic fluid of the pow∣der pursue and urge the ball for some distance without the mouth of the piece, and so in some degree counteract the resistance of the air, yet it will be proper to enquire into the effect of this resistance, as it will pro∣bably cause a difference between the velocity of the ball, as computed from the vibration of the pendulum and the vibration of the gun; which difference will, by the bye, be no bad way of measuring the resistance of the air, especially if the gun be placed at a good distance from the pendulum; for the vibration of the gun will measure the velocity with which the ball issues from the mouth of it; and the vibration of the pen∣dulum the velocity with which it is struck by the ball.

    32. To find therefore the resistance of the air against the ball in any case: it is first to be considered that the resistance to a plane moving

    Page 131

    perpendicularly through a fluid at rest, is equal to the weight or pressure of a column of the fluid whose altitude is the height through which the body must fall by the force of gravity to acquire the velocity with which it moves through the fluid, the base of the column being equal to the plane. So that, if a denote the area of the plane, v the velocity, n the specific gravity of the fluid, and h = 16.09 feet; the altitude due to the velocity v being vv/4h, the whole resistance or motive force m will be a × n × vv/4h = anvv/4h.

    Now if d denote the diameter of the ball, and k = .7854, then shall a = kd 2 be a great circle of the ball; and consequently 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 the motive force on the surface of a circle equal to a great circle of the ball.

    But the resistance on the hemispherical surface of the ball is only one half of that on the flat circle of the same diameter; therefore 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 is the motive force on the ball; and if w denote its weight, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 will be equal to f the retarding force.

    Since ⅔kd 3 is the magnitude of the sphere, if N denote its density or specific gravity, its weight w will be = ⅔kd 3 N; consequently the re∣tarding force f or m / w will be 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.

    But by the laws of forces vv̇ = 2hfẋ = −3nvv/8dN ẋ, and /w = −3n/8dN = − eẋ, where x is the space passed over, putting e = 3n/8dN, and making the value negative because the velocity v is de∣creasing. And the correct fluent of this is log. v − log. v or log. v / w = ex, where v is the first or greatest velocity of projection. Or if A be = 2.718281828 &c. the number whose hyperbolic logarithm is 1,

    Page 132

    then is v / v = Aex, and hence the velocity v = v / Aex = VA−ex. So that the first velocity is to the last velocity, as Aex to 1. And the ve∣locity lost by the resistance of the medium is (Aex − 1) v or Aex−1/Aex V.

    33. Now to adapt this to the case of our balls, which weighed on a medium 16¾ ounces when the diameter was 1.96 inches; we shall have 1.963 × .5236 = the magnitude of the ball; and as 1 cubic foot, or 1728 cubic inches, of water, weighs 1000 ounces, therefore 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 is the specific gravity of the iron ball; which is very justly something less than the usual specific gravity of solid cast iron, on account of the small air bubble which is in all cast metal balls. Also the mean specific gravity of air is .0012, which is the value of n. Hence 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.

    Now the common distance of the face of the pendulum from the trun∣nions of all the guns, was 35½ feet; and the distance of the muzzles of the four guns, was nearly 34¼ for the 1st or shortest gun, 34 for the 2d, 33 for the 3d, and 31½ for the 4th. But as the elastic fluid pursues and urges the ball for a few feet after it is out of the gun, it may be sup∣posed to counter-balance the resistance of the air for a few feet, the num∣ber of which cannot be certainly known, and therefore we shall suppose 32 feet to be the common distance, for each of the guns, which the ball passes through before it reach the pendulum. Hence then the distance x = 32; and consequently ex = 32/2666 = 16/1333.

    Then Aex − 1 = .01207 = 1/83 nearly. That is, the ball loses nearly the 83d part of its last velocity, or the 84th part of its first velocity, in passing from the gun to the pendulum, by the resist∣ance of the air. Or the velocity at the mouth of the gun, is to the velocity at the pendulum, as 84 to 83; so that the greater diminished by its 84th part gives the less, and the less increased by its

    Page 133

    83d part gives the greater. But if the resistance to such swift velocities as ours be about three times as great as that above, computed from the nature of perfect and infinitely compressed fluids, as Mr. Robins thinks he has found it to be, then shall the velocity at the gun lose its 28th part, and the greater velocity will be to the less, as 28 to 27. This however is a circumstance to be discovered from our experiments, or otherwise.

    Of the Velocity of the Ball, as found from the Recoil of the Gun.

    34. It has been said by more than one writer on this subject, that the effect of the inflamed power on the recoil of the gun, is the same whether it be charged with a ball, or fired by itself alone; that is, that the excess of the recoil when charged with a ball, over the recoil when fired without a ball, is exactly that which is due to the motion and re∣sistance of the ball. And this they say they have found from repeated experiments. Now supposing those experiments to be accurate, and the deductions from them justly drawn; yet as they have been made only with small balls and small charges of powder, it may still be doubted whether the same law will hold good when applied to such cannon balls, and large charges of powder, as those used in our present experiments. Which is a circumstance that remains to be determined from the results of them. And this determination will be easily made, by comparing the velocity of the ball as computed from this law, with that which is computed from the vibration of the ballistic pendulum. For if the law hold good in such cases as these, then the velocity of the ball, as deduced from the vibration of the gun, will exceed that which is deduced from the vibration of the pendulum, by as much as the velocity is diminished by the resistance of the air between the gun and the pendulum.

    Page 134

    35. Taking this for granted then in the mean time, namely, that the effect of the charge of powder on the recoil of the gun, is the same either with or without a ball, it will be proper here to investigate a for∣mula for computing the velocity of the ball from the recoil of the gun. Now upon the foregoing principle, if the chord of vibration be found for any charge without a ball, and then for the same charge with a ball, the difference of those chords will be equal to the chord which is due to the motion of the ball. This follows from the property of a circle and a body descending along it, namely, that the velocity is always as the chord of the arc described in a semivibration.

    Let then c denote this difference of the two chords, that is c = the chord of arc due to the ball's velocity, G = weight of the gun and iron stem, &c. b = weight of the ball, g = distance of center of gravity of G, o = distance of its center of oscillation, n = its No. of oscillations per minute, i = distance of the gun's axis, or point of impact, r = radius of arc or chord c, v = velocity of the ball, v = velocity of the gun, or of the axis of its bore.

    Then because biiv is the sum of the momenta of the ball, and Ggov the sum of the momenta of the gun, and because action and re-action are equal, these two must be equal to each other, that is biiv = Ggov: But because v is the velocity of the distance i, therefore by similar figures io ∷ v ∶ DV / i the velocity of the center of oscillation. And because the velocity of this center, is equal to the velocity generated by gravity, in descending perpendicularly through the height or versed sine

    Page 135

    of the arc described by it, and because 2rcccc/2r = versed sine to radius r, and rocc/2rcco/2rr = vers. sine to radius o, therefore √h ∶ √ cco/2rr ∷ 2hc/r √2ho, the velocity of the center of oscillation as deduced from the chord c of the arc described, where h = 16.09 feet; which velocity was before found = ov / i.

    Therefore oV / i = c/r √2ho, or oV = ci/r √2ho. Then this value of ov being substituted in the first equation biiv = Ggov, we have biiv = Ggci/r √2ho, and hence the ve∣locity v = Ggc/bir √2ho = 5.6727Ggc/biro, being the formula by which the velocity of the ball will be found in terms of the distance of the center of oscillation and the other quantities. Which is exactly similar to the formula for the same velocity, by means of the pendulum in Art. 22, using only G, or the weight of the gun, for p + b or the sum of the weights of the ball and pendulum.

    And if, instead of √o be substituted its value √ 11737.5/nn or 108.3398/n, from Art. 20, it becomes v = 614.58 × Ggc/birn, or = 59000/96 × Ggc/birn, the formula for the velocity of the ball in terms of the number of vi∣brations which the gun will make in one minute, and the other quantities.

    36. Farther, as the quantities G, g, b, i, r, n commonly remain the same, the velocity will be directly as the chord c. So that if we assume a case in which the chord shall be 1, and call its corresponding velocity u; then shall v = cu; or the velocity corresponding to any

    Page 136

    other chord c, will be found by multiplying that chord c by the first velocity u answering to the chord 1.

    Now, by the following experiments, the usual values of those literal quantities were as follows: viz. G = 917 g = 80.47 b = 1.047, sometimes a little more or less. i = 89.15 r = 1000 n = 40.0, for the gun no 2, (but the 400th part more for no 1, and the 400th part less for no 3, and the 200th part less for no 4.)

    Then, writing these values in the theorem, instead of the letters, it be∣comes v = 12.15c. So that the number 12.15 multiplied by the difference between two chords described with any charge, the one with and the other without a ball, will give the velocity of the ball when the dimensions are as stated above. And when the values of any of the let∣ters vary from these, it is but increasing or diminishing that product in the same proportion, according as the letter belongs to the numerator or denominator in the general formula 59000/96 × Ggc/birn. When such va∣riations happen, they will be mentioned in each day's experiments. And farther when only the values of G, g, i, n are as before speci∣fied, the same formula will become 12718 × c/br.

    But note that these rules are adapted to the gun no 2 only; therefore for no 1 we must subtract the 400th part, and add the 400th part for no 3, and add the 200th part for no 4.

    Page 137

    OF THE EXPERIMENTS.

    37. WE shall now proceed to state the circumstances of the experi∣ments for each day separately as they happened; by this means shewing all the processes for each set of experiments, with the failure or success of every trial and mode of operation; and from which also any person may recompute all the results, and otherwise combine and draw con∣clusions from them as occasion may require. Making but a very few cursory remarks on each day's experiments, to explain them when ne∣cessary; and reserving the chief philosophical deductions, to be drawn and stated together, after the close of the experiments, in a more con∣nected and methodical way.

    The machinery having been made as perfect as the circumstances would permit, 20 barrels of government powder were procured, all by the best maker, and numbered from 1 to 20. A great number of iron balls were also cast on purpose, very round, and their accidental asperi∣ties ground off: they were a little varied in their size and weight, but most of them almost equal to the diameter of the bore, so as to have but little windage. The powder was uniformly mixed, and every day exactly weighed off by the same careful man, and put up in very thin flannel bags, of a size just to fit the bore of the gun; a thread was tied round close by the powder, after being shaken down, and the flan∣nel cut off close by the thread, so as to leave as short a neck as possible to the bag. The charge of powder was pushed gently down to the lower or breech end of the bore, and the same quantity of powder al∣ways made to occupy nearly the same extent, by means of the divisions of inches and tenths marked on the ramrod. The ball was then put in, without using any wads, and set close to the charge of powder, and kept in its place by a fine thread crossed two or three times about it, which by its friction gave it a hold of the sides of the bore, as the windage was very small. The gun was directed point blank, or horizontal, and

    Page 138

    perpendicular to the face of the pendulum block, 35½ feet distant from the trunnions, and was well wiped and cleaned out after each discharge, which was made by piercing the bottom of the charge through the vent, and firing it by means of a small tube. An account was kept of the barometer and thermometer, placed within a house adjoining, and shaded from the sun.

    The machinery having been all prepared and set up in a convenient place in Woolwich Warren, Major Blomefield and I went out on the 6th of June 1783, with a sufficient party of men, to try the effects of them for the first time, which were as follows.

    38. Friday, June 6, 1783; from 10 till 12 A. M.

    The weather was warm, dry, and clear.

    The barometer at 30.17, and thermometer at 60°.

    The intention of this day's experiments, was to try and adjust the apparatus; to ascertain the proper distance of the pendulum; as also the comparative strength of the different barrels of powder, by firing several charges of it, without balls or wads. Out of the 20 barrels of powder, were selected the 6 which had been found to be most uniform, and nearest alike, by the different eprouvettes at Purfleet, which were no• 2, 5, 13, 15, 18, 19; of which the first two only were tried this day, as below. The gun was the short one, no 1, and weighed this day, with leaden weights and iron stem, 906 lb: the distance of the tape, by which the chord of its recoil was measured, was not taken, and it was probably a little more than the usual length, 110 inches, employed in most of the experiments of this year.

    Page 139

    Here it appears that the quan∣tity of recoil increased in a higher ratio than the quantity of powder.

    The pendulum was not moved by the blast of the powder in these experiments.

      Powder    
    No. of Experim. sort weight Chord of recoil Medium of recoil
        oz inches  
    1 no 2 2 2.25 2.30
    2 no 2 2 2.35 2.30
    3 no 2 2 2.30 2.30
    4 no 5 2 2.55 2.50
    5 no 5 2 2.40 2.50
    6 no 5 2 2.55 2.50
    7 no 5 8 13.00 12.88
    8 no 5 8 12.75 12.88
    9 no 2 8 12.50 12.50
    10 no 2 8 12.50 12.50

    39. Saturday, June 7, 1783; fromA. M. till 12.

    The weather cloudy or hazy, but it did not rain.

    Barometer 30.25, Thermometer 60°.

    To try all the 6 sorts of powder, and the effect of the blast on the pendulum, when high charges are used.

    The first 14 rounds were with the same apparatus and gun no 1, as the former day.

    The other four rounds with the gun no 4, but without the leaden weights; it weighed with the iron 561 lb.

    Page 140

    These recoils are very uni∣form, and there appears to be but little difference in the quality of the powder among the several sorts.

      Powder    
    No. sort weight Recoil Mediums
        oz inches  
    1 2 8 13.35 13.38
    2 2 8 13.40 13.38
    3 5 8 13.50 13.28
    4 5 8 13.05 13.28
    5 13 8 13.50 13.23
    6 13 8 12.95 13.23
    7 15 8 13.50 13.35
    8 15 8 13.20 13.35
    9 18 8 13.25 13.38
    10 18 8 13.50 13.38
    11 19 8 12.95 12.95
    12 19 8 12.95 12.95
    13 13 2 2.25  
    14 13 16 26.00  
            vibr. of pendulum
    15 13 2 4.5 0
    16 13 4 10.8 0
    17 13 8 24.7 0.25
    18 13 16 53.3 1.10

    All the charges were in flannel bags, except no• 14 and 18, of 16 oz each, for want of bags large enough provided to put it in. Each charge was rammed with two or three slight strokes. A considerable quantity of the powder of no 14 was blown out unfired; many of the grains were found on the ground, and on the top of the pendulum block, and many were found sticking in the face of it. By the force of these striking it, and by the blast of the powder, or motion of the air, the pendulum was observed visibly to vibrate a little: but the measuring tape had not been put to it. This was therefore now added, to measure the vibration by. And, to try to what degree the pen∣dulum would be affected by the explosion of the powder, the 7 feet amusette was suspended, and pointed opposite the center of the pendulum for the last 4 rounds. The pendulum was accordingly observed to move with the 8 ounces, but more with the 16 ounces, as appears at the bottom of the last column of the table above. The pendulum being thus much affected, we were convinced of the necessity of making a paper screen to place between the gun and the pendulum; which we accordingly did, and used it in the whole course of experiments, at least in the larger charges. At the last charge, which was 16 ounces of loose powder, much sewer grains were blown out than with the like charge at no 14 with the short gun. The recoil at no 14 is evidently less than it ought to be;

    Page 141

    owing to the quantity of unfired powder that was blown out. It is re∣markable that the recoil of the two guns, with the same charge, both for 2 ounces and 8 ounces, are nearly in the reciprocal ratio of the weights of the guns; a small excess only, over that proportion, taking place in favour of the long gun, as due to its superior length. The recoils are each visibly in a higher proportion than the charges of powder: for, in the last four experiments, the charges of 2, 4, 8, 16 ounces, are in the continued proportion of 1 to 2; which their recoils 4.5, 10.8, 24.7, 53.3, are all in a higher ratio than that of 1 to 2; for, dividing the 2d by the 1st, the 3d by the 2d, and the 4th by the 3d, the three successive quotients are 2.40, 2.29, 2.16, which are all above the double ratio, but approximating, however, towards it as the charge is increased. And farther, if we divide these quotients successively one by another, the two new ratios or quotients will be nearly equal. So that, ranging those recoils in a column under each other, and their two successive orders of ratios in the adjacent columns, we shall have in one view the law which they observe, as here below, where they always tend to equality.

    4.5 2.40 .954 .99
    10.8 2.29 .944  
    24.7 2.16    
    53.3      

    Again, if we take successive differences between the same recoils, and between these differences, and then between the second differences, and so on, thus

    4.5 6.3 7.6 7.1
    10.8 13.9 14.7  
    24.7 28.6    
    53.3      
    the columns, as well as the lines, ascending obliquely from left to right, have their numbers approaching, and at length ending in the ratio of 2 to 1, the same as the quantities of powder.

    Page 142

    40. Friday, June 13, 1783; from 11 till 1 o'clock.

    The air moist, with small rain at intervals.

    The gun no 2 was mounted, and loaded with all the leaden weights: it was charged with the following quantities of powder; sometimes with a ball, and sometimes without one, as denoted by the cipher o, in the columns of weight and diameter of ball. The radius to the tape was —. As these experiments were made only to discover if the leaden weights would render the gun sufficiently heavy, that the recoil might not be too large with the high charges of powder and ball, the pendulum block was removed, to let the balls enter and lodge in the bank which was be∣hind it

    Here again it appears that the recoils, without balls, are always in a greater ratio than the charges of powder. It also appears that the recoils, when balls are em∣ployed, are nearly in the ratio of the quantities of powder, when the charges are small; but gra∣dually decreasing more and more below that ratio, as the charge of powder is increased. And if we subtract each recoil without a ball, from the corresponding re∣coil

    No. Powder Ball's Rceoil
      sort wt diameter wt  
        oz inches oz dr inches
    1 19 2 0 0 2.5
    2 19 2 0 0 2.5
    3 19 4 0 0 5.2
    4 19 8 0 0 13.5
    5 19 16 0 0 28.1
    6 18 16 0 0 28.0
    7 19 2 1.9 15 4 8.9
    8 19 4 1.9 15 4 16.15
    9 19 8 1.9 15 4 26.5
    10 19 16 1.9 15 4 41.75
    11 18 16 1.9 15 4 34.3
    12 18 16 1.9 15 4 35.15
    13 19 16 1.975 16 13 36.0
    14 19 16 1.965 16 13 33.5
    with a ball, for the same charge of powder, taking the differences as here below,
    Weight of powder oz 2 4 8 16
    Recoils with a ball 8.9 16.2 26.5 34.7
    Recoils without 2.5 5.2 13.5 28.0
    Differences 6.4 11.0 13.0 6.7

    Page 143

    it will appear that those differences increase as far as to the charge of 8 ounces, and then decrease again.

    There must have been some mistake in the 10th round, as the recoil, which is 41.75 inches, is greater than can well be expected with that charge of powder. Probably the tape had entangled, and been drawn farther out in the return of the gun from the recoil.

    41. Monday, June 23, 1783.

    We went with the workmen, and took the weight and dimensions of the several parts of the machinery, both of the pendulum with its stem, and of the guns with their frame or iron stem, and the leaden weights to fit on about the trunnions.

    OF THE PENDULUM.
    Total weight with all the iron work about it 559 lb
    Distance from its axis to the center of gravity 75.2 inches
    Ditto from its axis to the tape or lowest point 115.1 inches
    Ditto from its axis to the top of the block 76.3 inches
    Dimensions of the wooden block 18, 22, and 24 inches

    That is, breadth of the face 18, height of the face 24, and length from front to back 22.

    THE GUN FRAME OR STEM.
    Total weight of all the iron work 188 lb
    Distance from its axis to the center of gravity (without gun) 44.25 inches
    Ditto from its axis to the tape or lowest point 110 inches
    Ditto from its axis to center of the trunnions 90.3 inches
    Ditto from its axis to the perpendicular arm 75.75 inches

    Page 144

    The following figure is a side-view of the gun-frame or stem, as it hung on its axis with the gun,

    • A being the point through which the axis passes,
    • G the point in the stem where it rests in equilibrio, shewing the dis∣tance AG of the center of gravity below the axis,
    • G g C perpendicular to A G,
    • A P a plumb-line cutting G C in g,
    • g the center of gravity of the iron work,
    • B D a fixed perpendicular arm,
    • E F a sliding piece to support the gun,
    • T the center of the trunnions,
    • t the place of the tape or lowest point.
    And the dimensions or measures to these points are as follows:
      inches
    AG 44.25
    AB 75.75
    AT 90.3
    At 110.0
    Be 5.6
    Gg 3.3
    Breadth of stem AT 3.5, and from the middle of this breadth the distances Be and Gg are measured.

    [figure] diagram

    Page 145

    42. The following are also the measures taken to settle the position of the compound center of gravity of the gun with its leaden weights and iron stem all together.

    No of the gun Diameter of the trunnions Diameter of the gun at the center of the trunnions Center of gravity or axis of the gun alone Center of gravity of the whole below axis
          behind the above cent. of the trun. below axis of vibration  
          muzzle center of trunnions  
    1 2.2 7.00 18.5 1.4 1.24 89.06 80.47
    2 2.2 5.89 24.5 1.8 1.24 89.06 80.47
    3 2.25 5.06 37.4 4.2 1.11 89.19 80.50
    4 2.2 4.84 51.3 3.0 1.02 89.28 80.44

    The numbers in the last column of this table, are the values of the letter g, in the formula for the velocity by means of the recoil of the gun. This letter may always be supposed to have the value 80.47 inches, as the two last numbers of the column differ from it but .03 only, or about the 2700 part of the whole, inducing an error of only about half a foot in the velocity of the ball.

    The values of g, in this last column of the table, were computed in the following manner.

    Page 146

    Suppose the centers of gravity of the stem, gun, and leads to be all reduced to the line of the stem AT connecting the axis and center of the trunnions T, in which they are situated, very nearly;

    [figure] diagram
    so that
    • G be the center of gravity of the stem,
    • C be the center of gravity of the gun,
    • T be the center of gravity of the leads;
    also the numbers on the right-hand side of these points, namely, 44.25 and 89.06 and 90.3, are the mea∣sured distances below the axis at A; and the num∣bers on the left-hand side, namely, 188, 290, and 439, are the weights of the bodies belonging to those centers of gravity. Then, from the property of the center of gravity, we shall have these operations 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 where D is the center of gravity of the bodies at the points C and T, or of the gun and leads; and E the center of gravity of the two bodies placed at the points G and D, or of all the three bodies at the points G, C, T; that is, E is the compound center of gravity for both gun, iron,

    Page 147

    and leads in one mass. And the some operation is to be repeated for the other guns.

    43. It may here be also remarked, that the mean number of vibra∣tions per minute, for every gun, weighing in all 917lb, taken among the actual vibrations of each day, is for

    no 1 no 2 no 3 no 4
    40.1 40.0 39.9 39.8
    which number must be used as the true value of n, in the formula for the velocity of the ball by means of the recoil of the gun. The number of the gun's vibrations was commonly tried every day, and they were found to vary but little, and among them all the numbers above-men∣tioned, are the arithmetical mediums.

    44.Moreover the mean numbers for the pendulum, among all the daily measurements of its weight, center of gravity, and oscillations per minute, are thus:

    weight g n
    660lb 77.3 40.2

    Of the great number of these measures that were taken, the variations among them would be sometimes in excess and sometimes in defect; and therefore the above numbers, which are the means among the whole, as long as the iron work remains the same, will probably be very near the truth. And by using always these, with proportional alterations in g and n for any alteration in the weight p, the computations of the velo∣city of the ball will be made by a rule that is uniform, and not subject at least to accidental single errors. When the weight of the pendulum varies by the wood alone of the block, or the straps about it, the alteration is to be made at the center of the block, which is exactly 88.3 inches be∣low the axis; that is, in that case the value of i is 88.3 in the formula 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, or the correction for g; and in 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, the cor∣rection

    Page 148

    of n. But when the alteration of the weight p arises from the balls and plugs lodged in the same block, then the value of i in those corrections is the medium among the distances of the point struck. And when the iron work is altered, the middle of the place altered gives the value of i in the same theorems.

    In these corrections too p denotes 660, g 77.3, n 40.2, and b the difference between 660 and any other given weight of the pendulum; which value of b will be negative when this weight is below 660, other∣wise positive; so that p + b is always equal to this weight of pendulum.

    And if these values of p, g, n be substituted for them in those cor∣rections, they will become 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 or i−77.3/p b, the correction for g, and 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 the correction for n.

    And farther, when i = 88.3, the same become 11b/660+b or 11 − 7260/p the correction for g, and b/1263+2.2b or .4545 − 261/p−86 the correction for n, as adapted to an alteration at the center of the pendulum.

    And in that case G = 88.3 − 7260/p is the new value of g, and N = 39.7454 + 261/p−86 is the new value of n. But those corrections will have contrary signs when b is negative, as well as the second term in each of the denominators.

    Page 149

    45.Monday, June 30, 1783; fromA. M. toP. M.

    The air clear, dry, and hot.

    Barometer 30.34, and Thermometer 74.

    We began this day for the first time to fire with balls against the pen∣dulum block. The powder of the six barrels before-mentioned, had been all well mixed together for the use of our experiments, that they might be as uniform as possible, in that, as well as in other respects.

    The GUN was no 1, with the leaden weights.

    Its weight and the distance of its center of gravity, were as before∣mentioned; the distance of the tape it was forgotten this day to measure, but from circumstances judged to be 106½.

    PENDULUM.

    • Its weight 559 = p
    • Distance to the tape 115.1 = r

    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Struck below axis Plugs Values of Veloc. of the ball
    wt diam. gun pend. p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2       2              
    2 2       2              
    3 8       11.2              
    4 16       23.4              
    5 16 16 13 1.95 34 23 87.9   559.0 75.30 40.30 1392
    6 16 16 13 1.95 35.4 25 86.8   560.1 75.32 40.30 1534
    7 16 16 13 1.95 34.8 23.7 88.8   561.1 75.35 40.29 1426
    8 16 16 13 1.95 35.1 25 87.6 15 562.2 75.37 40.29 1530
    9 16 16 13 1.95 35.7 23.7 88.2 10 564.6 75.39 40.28 1445
    10 16 16 13 1.95 35.2 23.1 88.3   566.5 75.42 40.28 1412
          medium 35.0         medium 1456

    The first 4 rounds were with powder only; the other 6 with balls, all of the same size and weight.

    Page 150

    The diameter of the gun bore being 2.02, and
    the diameter of the ball 1.95, consequently
    the windage was 0.07
    Mean length of the charge of powder 10.6

    The two oaken plugs which were driven in, to fill up the holes, after the 8th and 9th rounds, weighed about 1¼ oz. to each inch of their length. The whole weights of these plugs, and the weights of the balls lodged in the block, were continually added to the weight of the pen∣dulum, to compleat the numbers for the values of p in the 9th column; and from these numbers the correspondent values of g and n, in the next two columns, are computed by their proper corrections in Art. 23 and 25. After which the velocities contained in the last column are computed by the formula in Art. 24. And the medium among all these velocities, as well as that of the recoils of the gun, are placed at the bottom of their respective columns.

    From the mean recoil with ball 35.0
    take the recoil without a ball 23.4
    there remains c = 11.6

    Then, having b = 1.051, and r = 106.5, by the rule 12718 × c/br in Art. 36, we have only 1315 feet, for the velocity of the ball as de∣duced from the recoil of the gun; which is 141 less than the velocity found by the vibration of the pendulum, or about 1/10th of the whole velocity.

    The powder blown out unfired was not much. The apparatus per∣formed all very well, except only that the wood of the pendulum seemed not to be very sound, as it was pierced quite through by the end of this day's experiments; though the sheet lead with which the back was covered, as well as the face, just prevented the balls and pieces of the wood from falling out at the back of the pendulum.

    Page 151

    46. Saturday, July 5, 1783; from 9 till 2 o'clock.

    The weather clear, dry, and hot. Barometer 30.27, and Thermometer 74.

    GUN, no 3.
    Weight 917
    To center of gravity 80.47
    To the tape 109.7
    PENDULUM.
    Weight 846
    To center of gravity 79.6
    To the tape 117.3
    No Powder Ball's Chord of vibrat. Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. of the ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches   lbs inches    
    1 2       2.3              
    2 2       2.3              
    3 8       13.0              
    4 8       14.1              
    5 8       13.6              
    6 16       26.3              
    7 16       28.7 9.5            
    8 16       26.5 0.3            
    9 16 16 13 1.95 39.0 24.2 89.0   846.0 79.3 41.48  

    A large piece had been cut out of the middle part of the pendulum, from the face almost to the back, to clear away the damaged part of the wood; and the vacuity was run full of lead, from an idea that the pen∣dulum would not so soon be spoiled, and consequently that it would need less repairs. But this did not succeed at all; for the only shot we discharged, namely, no 9, would not lodge in the lead, but broke into a thousand small pieces, many of which stuck in the lead, and formed a curious appearance; but the greater number rebounded back again, to the great danger of the by-standers. The ball made a large round exca∣vation in the face of the lead, of 5 inches diameter in the front, and 3½ inches deep in the center of the hole.

    Length of the charge of 16 oz was 11 inches.

    Page 152

    47. Friday, July 11, 1783; from 9 A. M. till.

    Fine, clear, hot weather.

    GUN, no 3.
    Weight 917
    To center of gravity 80.47
    To the tape 110
    PENDULUM.
    Weight 610
    To center of gravity 76.4
    To the tape 118
    No Powder Ball's Chord of vibrat. Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. of the ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches          
    1 2       2.5              
    2 2       2.5              
    3 16       28.4              
    4 16       25.7              
    5 16       28.3              
    6 16 16 13 1.95 44.6 34.0 89.1          

    Length of the charge of 16 oz was 11.2 inches.

    The pendulum had been altered since the former day. The core of lead being taken out, some layers of rope were laid at the bottom of the hole, then the remainder up to the front filled with a piece of sound elm, and the face covered with sheet lead.

    At the last round, or that with ball, the iron tongue which held the tape of the pendulum, having slipped down by the loosening of a screw, was strained and bent. Which stopped the experiments till it could be repaired.

    Page 153

    48. Saturday, July 12, 1783; from 9 A. M. till.

    Fine, clear, hot weather.

    The pendulum, gun no 3, and apparatus, were in every respect the same as in the last day's experiments, excepting that the radius of the tape, in the gun, was 110.2 inches instead of 110.

    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches   lb inches   feet
    1 2       2.5              
    2 2       2.5              
    3 16       28.0              
    4 16       29.0              
    5 16       28.6              
    6 16 16 13 1.96 44.1 33.7 89.6   607.0 76.34 40.25 2151
    7 16 16 13 1.96 42.6 30.9 90.3   608.1 76.36 40.25 1960
    8 16 16 13 1.96 46.8 32.3 89.3   609.1 76.38 40.24 2076
    9 16 16 13 1.96 44.4 30.5 89.6   610.2 76.39 40.24 1958
    10 16 16 13 1.96 43.9 31.4 89.2   611.2 76.41 40.24 2028
    11 16 16 13 1.96 42.3 31.5 90.7   612.3 76.43 40.23 2005
          medium 44.0         medium 2030

    The mean length of the charge of 16 oz was 11.7 inches. But this height was always taken when the cartridge was uncompressed: so that the powder lay looser than in former experiments. By a small pressure it occupied about ¼ of an inch less space.

    The value of p at beginning this day is made a little less than the pendulum weighed at first, for reasons to be mentioned hereafter.

    The mean recoil with a ball is 44.0, and without a ball 28.5, the difference of which is 15.5 = c. Also, in the formula for the velocity by means of the gun, we have b = 1.051, and r = 110.2. Conse∣quently v = 401/400 × 12718 × c / br = 1706 for the velocity by that method. But the mean velocity by the pendulum is 2030, which exceeds the former by 324, or almost ⅙ of the whole velocity.

    Page 154

    49. Thursday, July 17, 1783; from 12 till 3 P. M.

    Fine, clear, hot weather. Barometer 30.23, Thermometer 72° at 9 o'clock.

    GUN, no 1.
    Weight 917
    To center of gravity 80.47
    To the tape 110.2

    It swung very freely, and would have continued its vibrations a long time; owing to the ends of the axis being made to turn or roll upon a convex iron support, and kept from going backward and forward, with the vibrations, by two upright iron pins, placed so as not quite to touch the axis, but at a very small or hair-breadth distance from it.

    PENDULUM.
    Weight 657
    To center of gravity 77.26
    To the tape 118

    The pendulum would not vi∣brate longer than 1 minute before the arcs became imperceptible, owing to the friction of the upright pins, which touched and bore hard against the sides of the axis, unlike those of the gun, although they had the same kind of round sup∣port to roll upon. The pendulum had been well repaired, and strengthened with iron bars, and straps going round it in several places, except over the face. Also thick iron plates were let into, and across it, near the back part, then over them was laid a firm covering of rope, after which the rest of the hole was filled up with a block of elm, and sinally the face covered over with sheet lead.

    Page 155

    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2       2.3              
    2 2       2.4              
    3 8       12.3              
    4 8       13.8              
    5 8       11.9              
    6 8       13.0              
    7 8       13.2              
    8 8 16 13 1.96 26.3 20.5 88.6 10 657.0 77.26 40.20 1450
    9 8 16 13 1.96 27.2 21.9 89.7 9 658.5 77.28 40.20 1534
    10 8 16 13 1.96 25.9 20.3 89.9 9 660.1 77.30 40.20 1423
    11 8 16 13 1.96 26.8 20.5 88.6 8 661.6 77.33 40.20 1462
    12 8 16 13 1.96 26.3 20.4 88.5 8 663.2 77.35 40.20 1460
    13 8 16 13 1.96 26.8 20.9 88.6 8 664.7 77.37 40.20 1497
                          mean 1471

    The mean length of the charge of 8 oz was 5.9.

    The pendulum, having been so well secured, suffered but little by this day's firing, only bulging or swelling out a little at the back part. All the balls were left in it, and all the holes were successively plugged up with oaken pins of near 2 inches diameter, which weighed 11 oz to every 10 inches in length.—The arcs described, both by the gun and pendulum, are pretty regular. And the whole forms a good set of ex∣periments.

    The mean recoil of the gun with ball 26.55
    without ball 12.84
    difference c = 13.71

    Then v = 199/200 × 12718 × c/br = 399/400 × 12718 × 13.71/1.051×110.2 = 1501, the velocity of the ball as deduced from the recoil of the gun; which exceeds that deduced from the pendulum by 30, or nearly 1/49th part of this latter.

    Page 156

    50. Friday, July 18, 1783; from 9 A. M. till 12.

    Fine and warm weather. Barometer 30.28, and Thermometer 68° at 9 A. M.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2       2.5              
    2 2       2.55              
    3 4       6.45              
    4 4       6.05              
    5 8       13.8              
    6 8       13.9              
    7 8       13.55              
    8 8 16 13 1.96 28.35 24.35 87.8 9 664.7 77.37 40.19 1764
    9 8 16 13 1.96 28.7 24.35 88.0 8 666.3 77.40 40.19 1765
    10 8 16 13 1.96 28.3 24.3 87.9 7 667.8 77.42 40.19 1768
    11 4 16 13 1.96 18.3 18.9 87.8 6 669.4 77.44 40.19 1380
    12 4 16 13 1.96 18.0 18.4 87.3 6 670.9 77.47 40.19 1352
    13 4 16 13 1.96 16.7 16.8 87.8 5 672.5 77.49 40.19  
    14 4 16 13 1.96 18.4 18.0 87.7 4 674.0 77.51 40.19 1327

    A fresh barrel of the mixed powder was opened for use this morning; and in the first 7 rounds, which were with powder only, that of the old and new barrel were used alternately, but no difference was observed.— The length of the charge of 4 oz was 3.2, and that of 8 oz was 5.9 inches.

    • The GUN was no; 3.—Its weight 917
    • To center of gravity 80.47
    • To the tape 110

    It swung so freely, that after many hundred vibrations the arcs were scarce sensibly diminished. This gun heated more at the muzzle than no; 1 did, being much thinner in metal there: but it was never very hot

    Page 157

    to the hand in that part, and very little indeed about the place of the charge; for the heat was gradually less and less all the way from the muzzle to the breech, where it was not sensible to the hand.

    • The PENDULUM. Its weight at first round 664.7
    • The PENDULUM. To the tape 117.8

    It had remained hanging since the last day's experiments, with all the balls and plugs in it, which increased its weight by 10 lb, except an al∣lowance for evaporation, and increased the distance of the center of gravity by little more than 1/10th of an inch. It vibrated with great free∣dom; for it had this day been made to turn very freely on its axis, by placing the upright pins, which confine it side-ways, so as not quite to touch the axis, like those of the gun yesterday; and the effect was very great indeed, for it appeared as if it would have vibrated for a great length of time; whereas on the former days it stopped motion in about 1 minute, or at least after that the arcs soon became too small to be counted.—By this day's firing the pendulum seemed not to be much injured, the back part not appearing to be altered, and the fore part only a little swelled out, the piece of wood, that had been fitted in there, starting a little forward, and bulging out the facing of lead.

    of the plugs every 10 inches in length weighed 11 oz
      4 oz 8 oz
    The mean recoil of gun with ball 18.23 28.45
    without 6.25 13.75
    the difference or c = 11.98 14.70
    Hence the velocity by the recoil is 1321 1620
    Mean ditto by the pendulum 1353 1766
    Which exceeds that by recoil by 32 146
    Or the 42d 12th part.

    This appears to be a good set, being very uniform, except the 13th round, which has been omitted, as evidently defective in the arc de∣scribed both by the gun and pendulum, from some undiscovered and unaccountable cause.

    Page 158

    51. Saturday, July 19, 1783; from 9 till 3.

    A fine and warm day. Barometer 30.12, Thermometer 70° at 9 o'clock.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2       2.3              
    2 2       2.4              
    3 4       5.8              
    4 4       5.8              
    5 4       5.8              
    6 4 16 13 1.96 15.9 14.8 89.8 5 674.0 77.51 40.19 1065
    7 4 16 13 1.96 16.3 15.4 89.8 5 675.3 77.54 40.19 1111
    8 4 16 13 1.96 16.4 15.8 90.2 5 676.6 77.56 40.19 1137
    9 4 16 13 1.96 16.3 15.4 89.3 5 677.9 77.58 40.19 1122
    10 2 16 13 1.96 9.8 10.7 89.1 3 679.2 77.61 40.19 783
    11 2 16 13 1.96 9.9 11.0 89.5 2 680.5 77.63 40.18 803
    12 2 16 13 1.96 10.1 11.1 90.3 3 681.8 77.66 40.18 805
    13 2       2.55              
    14 2       2.55              
    15 2 16 13½ 1.96 11.1 12.6 88.8 3 683.1 77.68 40.18 930
    16 2 16 13½ 1.96 10.7 12.0 89.4 3 684.4 77.71 40.18 881
    17 2 16 12½ 1.96 11.0 12.3 89.8 3 685.7 77.73 40.18 901
    18 2 16 12½ 1.96 10.8 11.9 89.0   687.0 77.76 40.18 881

    Of the plugs every 10 inches weighed 11 ounces.

    Length of the charge of 2 oz was 1.7; and that of 4 oz was 3.2.

    The GUN was no; 1 for the first 12 no•;, and no; 3 for the rest; in order to complete the comparison between these two guns with 2, 4, 8, and

    Page 159

    16 oz of powder. The radius to the tape 110 inches, and the other cir∣cumstances as before.

    The PENDULUM had been left hanging since yesterday, and the radius to the tape was 117.8 as before. It became however so full of balls and plugs to-day, that no more plugs could be driven in, all the iron straps being bent and forced out to their utmost stretch. It was therefore ordered to be gutted and repaired.

    This is a good set of experiments; all the apparatus having per∣formed well; and the arcs described, both by the gun and pendulum, being very uniform.

      Gun 1 Gun 3
      2 oz 4 oz 2 oz
    Mean recoil with ball 9.93 16.23 10.90
    Ditto without 2.35 5.80 2.55
    The difference or c = 7.58 10.43 8.35
    Hence velocity by recoil 832 1145 921
    Mean ditto by pendulum 797 1109 898
    Which are below recoil 35 36 23
    Or nearly the part 1/23 1/31 ••••/39

    Page 160

    52. Wednesday, July 23, 1783; from 10 till 3.

    Fine weather. Barometer 29.85, Thermometer 70° at 4 P. M.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2       2.5              
    2 2       2.5              
    3 4       5.7              
    4 4       5.7              
    5 8       13.0              
    6 8       12.9              
    7 16       25.9              
    8 16       26.6              
    9 16       24.9              
    10 16       26.5              
    11 16 16 13½ 1.96 39.9 22.4 87.7 12 690.0 77.78 40.18 1693
    12 16 16 12½ 1.96 39.0 21.3 88.3 12 691.6 77.80 40.18 1610
    13 16 16 13½ 1.96 41.2 23.1 88.7 9 693.2 77.82 40.18 1736
    14 16 16 12½ 1.96 38.3 21.2 88.7 9 694.9 77.85 40.18 1603
    15 8 16 13½ 1.96 27.9 21.4 89.2 8 696.5 77.88 40.18 1607
    16 8 16 12½ 1.96 27.1 20.2 88.6 7 698.1 77.90 40.17 1538
    17 8 16 13½ 1.96 27.3 20.5 88.9 8 699.8 77.92 40.17 1553
    18 4 16 13½ 1.96 16.8 15.1 88.0 7 701.4 77.94 40.17 1159
    19 4 16 13½ 1.96 16.7 14.7 88.3 6 703.0 77.96 40.17 1127
    20 4 16 13½ 1.96 16.6 14.6 88.5 5 704.7 77.99 40.17 1120
    21 2 16 13½ 1.96 9.5 9.4 88.6 4 706.3 78.01 40.16 722
    22 2 16 13½ 1.96 10.7 10.9 87.8 6 707.9 78.03 40.16 847
    23 2 16 13½ 1.96 9.6 9.4 88.5 5 709.6 78.05 40.16 727
    24 2 16 13½ 1.96 10.8 11.2 87.7   711.2 78.08 40.16 878

    Length of charge of 2 oz was 2.1 inches

    4 3.3
    8 6.1
    16 10.9

    Page 161

    Of the plugs every 10 inches weighed 12 ounces.

    The GUN was no 2.—

    • Its weight 917
    • To center of gravity 80.47
    • To the tape 110
    • Oscillation per min. 40.6, as before.

    It heated very little by firing.

    The PENDULUM.—

    • Its weight 690
    • To the tape 117.8

    It had been gutted, and repaired, by placing a stratum of lead, of 2 inches thick, before the iron plate, then the lead was covered with a block of wood, and the whole faced with sheet lead.

      2 oz 4 oz 8 oz 16 oz
    Mean recoil with ball 10.15 16.7 27.43 39.60
    Ditto without 2.50 5.7 12.95 25.98
    The difference or c = 7.65 11.0 14.48 13.62
    Hence velocity by recoil 840 1207 1592 1499
    Mean ditto by pendulum 793 1135 1566 1660
    Difference + 47 + 72 + 26 − 161
    Or the part 1/17 1/16 1/60 1/10

    So that the recoil gives the velocity with 2, 4 and 8 ounces of powder greater, but with 16 ounces much less, than the velocity shewn by the pendulum.

    Page 162

    53. Monday, July 28, 1783; from 10 till 2.

    A very hot day. Barometer 29.74; Thermometer 77° at 10 A. M.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz     inches              
    1 2     2.6              
    2 2     2.45              
    3 2     2.4              
    4 2     2.45              
    5 2     2.7              
    6 2     2.65              
    7 2     2.6              
    8 4     6.3              
    9 4     6.35              
    10 4     6.35              
    11 8     13.8              
    12 8     14.0              
    13 8     14.1              
    14 16     28.1              
    15 16     27.9              
      2 oz 4 oz 8 oz 16 oz
    Mean length of charge 1.9 3.3 6.2 11.0
    Mean recoil of gun 2.65 6.33 13.97 28.0
    Ditto with greater wt 2.48      

    The GUN no 4.—

    • Its weight in first 4 rounds 1003
    • Ditto in all the rest 917
    • Other circumstances as before.

    Page 163

    The gun was very hot before firing, with the heat of the sun. But heated little more with firing. It was hottest at the muzzle, where the hand could not long bear the heat of it.

    The PENDULUM had been gutted and repaired since the last day.

    • It weighed 702
    • To the tape 117.8

    No balls were fired this day.

    54. Tuesday, July 29, 1783; from 12 till 3.

    A fine and warm day. Barometer 29.90; Thermometer 72° at 10 A. M.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2       3.0              
    2 2       2.7              
    3 2       2.8              
    4 2       2.75              
    5 4       6.45              
    6 4       6.25              
    7 4       6.35              
    8 8       14.4              
    9 8       14.3              
    10 8       14.5              
    11 16       29.15              
    12 16       28.25              
    13 16       29.2              
    14 16       28.3              
    15 8 16 13 1.96 29.6 25.8 89.5 12 700.0 77.92 40.17 1946
    16 8 16 13 1.96 29.1 25.0 89.0 11 702.0 77.95 40.17 1902
    17 8 16 13 1.96 29.1 25.8 89.5 10 704.0 77.98 40.17 1959
    18 16 16 13 1.96 44.5 29.1 89.4 13 706.0 78.01 40.16 2219
    19 16 16 13 1.96 43.0 27.0 89.7 9 708.0 78.03 40.16 2058
    20 16 16 12½ 1.96 43.6 28.8 89.7 9 710.0 78.05 40.16 2207

    Page 164

    Of the plugs every 10 inches weighed 13½ ounces.

    The GUN no 4.—Its weight and other circumstances as usual. It did not become near so hot as yesterday.

    The PENDULUM was as weighed and measured yesterday, having hung unused.

    The tape drawn out in the last three rounds, both of the gun and pendulum, was rather doubtful, owing to the wind blowing and en∣tangling it.

      2 oz 4 oz 8 oz 16 oz
    Mean length of charge 1.8 3.4 5.6 10.8
    Mean recoil with ball     29.27 43.70
    Ditto without 2.81 6.35 14.40 28.72
    Difference or c =     14.87 14.98
    Hence velocity by recoil     1643 1656
    Mean ditto by pendulum     1936 2161
    Difference, very great,     293 505
    Or the part     ½ ¼

    Page 165

    55. Wednesday, July 30, 1783; from 10 till 12.

    A fine day, moderately warm. Barometer 30.06; Thermometer 69° at 12 o'clock.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2       2.7              
    2 2       2.6              
    3 4       6.2              
    4 4       6.0              
    5 4 16 13 1.96 17.8 17.8 88.7 8 709.8 78.04 40.16 1376
    6 4 16 13 1.96 17.8 17.4 86.7 9 711.3 78.07 40.16 1380
    7 4 16 13 1.96 17.75 17.3 87.2 10 712.9 78.10 40.16 1368
    8 2 16 13 1.96 11.0 12.2 87.8 7 714.4 78.12 40.15 960
    9 2 16 12 1.96 11.25 12.4 86.8 7 715.9 78.15 40.15 993
    10 2 16 12 1.96 10.9 11.9 87.3 5 717.5 78.18 40.15 951

    The GUN was again no 4, and every circumstance about it as before.

    The PENDULUM the same as left hanging since yesterday, with the addition of the balls and plugs in it.

    This day's experiments a good set.

      2 oz 4 oz
    Mean length of charge 1.7 3.24
    Mean recoil with ball 11.05 17.78
    Ditto without 2.65 6.10
    Difference, or c 8.40 11.68
    Hence velocity by the recoil 929 1295
    Mean ditto by the pendulum 968 1375
    Difference, gun less 39 80
    Or the part 1/24 1/17

    Page 166

    56. Thursday, July 31, 1783; from 10 till 12.

    Fine warm weather. Barometer 30.3; Thermometer 69° at 10 A. M.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2       2.5              
    2 16       23.8              
    3 16       25.9              
    4 16       23.8              
    5 16       23.5              
    6 16 16 13 1.96 37.3 17.8 89.6 6 717.2 78.18 40.15 1379
    7 16 16 13 1.96 37.3 18.9 90.5 6 718.6 78.20 40.15 1453
    8 16 16 13 1.96 34.5 16.4 90.2 6 720.1 78.22 40.15 1268
    9 12 16 13 1.96 31.7 17.7 89.2 5 721.6 78.24 40.15 1387
    10 12 16 12½ 1.96 33.2 18.9 89.8 8 723.0 78.26 40.14 1477
    11 12 16 12½ 1.96 30.8 17.5 89.8 8 724.5 78.28 40.14 1371
    12 12       21.0              
    13 12       18.3              
    14 12       18.8              

    The GUN no 1.—Weight and every thing else as usual.—The annular leaden weights, which fit on about the trunnions, have gradually been knocked much out of form by the shocks of the sudden recoils; so that, not fitting closely, they are subject to shake, a circumstance which pro∣bably has occasioned the irregularities in the recoils of this day.

    The PENDULUM continued hanging still. It is suspected that its vibrations are not to be strictly depended on with the high charges of powder; owing to the striking of the balls against the iron plate within the block, and so perhaps causing them to rebound within it, and dis∣turb

    Page 167

    the vibrations, which are not regular this day. After it was taken down, the pendulum was found to weigh 726lb. But, from the weight of the balls and plugs lodged in it, it ought to have weighed 732 lb. It is therefore likely that the 6 lb had been lost, by evaporation of the moisture, in the 4 days, which is 1½lb per day. At the beginning of each day's experiments therefore 1½lb is deducted from the weight of the pendulum, or 2lb before each of the last three days. And the like was done on some former days, for the same reason, when it appeared necessary.

    Of the plugs, 10 inches weighed 10 ounces.

      12 oz 16 oz
    Mean length of the charge 8.4 11.1
    Mean recoil with ball 31.9 36.4
    Ditto without 19.4 24.25
    Difference, or c = 12.5 12.15
    Hence velocity by the recoil 1374 1334
    Mean ditto by the pendulum 1412 1367
    Difference, the gun less 38 33
    Or nearly the part 1/37 1/41

    Page 168

    57. Tuesday, August 12, 1783; from 10 till 2½.

    The weather variable. Sometimes flying and thunder showers. Barometer 30.0; Thermometer 64° at 3 P. M.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2       2.55              
    2 2       2.50              
    3 2       2.50              
    4 16       24.6              
    5 16       21.8              
    6 16       24.5              
    7 16 16 12½ 1.96 36.0 19.6 88.3 8 663.0 77.35 40.20 1411
    8 16 16 12½ 1.96 36.7 19.8 88.6 10 664.6 77.38 40.19 1424
    9 2       2.5              
    10 16       28.25              
    11 16       26.4              
    12 16       24.7              
    13 16 16 12½ 1.96 39.1 23.2 87.8 11 666.3 77.41 40.19 1689
    14 16 16 12½ 1.96 35.8 21.7 88.5 10 667.9 77.44 40.19 1572
    15 16 16 12½ 1.96 37.9 23.3 91.1 11 669.6 77.47 40.19 1644
    16 16 16 12½ 1.96 40.7 24.8 90.6 11 671.2 77.50 40.19 1765
    17 16 16 12½ 1.96 42.4 24.2 91.3 10 672.9 77.53 40.18 1714

    The GUN was no 1 in the first 8 rounds; and no 2 in the rest to the end. The weight, &c. as before.

    The PENDULUM was a new block, made of sound dry elm, painted, and hung in the same frame as the former; but turned end-ways, or the ends of the fibres towards the gun; whereas the former was side-ways.

    Page 169

    It was firmly bound round with strong iron bars; but neither plates of iron nor lead were put within it. The dimensions of the block are,

    Length from front to back 26¾ inches
    Depth of the face 24¾
    Breadth of the same 18¼
    Its weight with iron 664 lb
    Radius to tape as before 117.8 inches
    To center of gravity 77.35
    Oscillations per minute 40.20

    At the 7th and 15th rounds the balls struck both in firm and solid wood, when their penetrations, to the hinder part of the ball, measured 10½ and 11 inches; so that the fore part penetrated 12½ inches in the first case, and 13 inches in the latter.

      Gun 1 Gun 2
    Mean length of the charge 11.4 11.3
    Mean recoil with ball 36.35 40.03 omitting no 14
    Ditto without 23.63 26.45
    Difference, or c = 12.72 13.58
    Hence velocity by the recoil 1399 1497
    Mean ditto by the pendulum 1419 1676
    Difference, the recoil less 20 179
    Or nearly the part 1/71 1/9

    58. N. B. In this day's experiments, and those that follow, as long as the same block of wood is used, the theorems for correcting the place of the center of gravity, and the number of oscillations per minute, as laid down at Art. 44, will be a little altered, when the weight of the pendu∣lum is varied at the center of the block. The reason of which is, that now the distance to the center is 88.7, which before was only 88.3.

    Page 170

    And by using 88.7 for 88.3 in the theorems in that article, those theo∣rems will become

    • G = 88.7 − 7524/p for the new value of g, and
    • N = 39.646 + 314/p−93 for the new value of n.

    Had i been = 89.3, the new value of g and n would have been

    • G = 89.3 − 7920/p, and
    • N = 39.51 + 386/p−100.
    And these last are the proper theorems for this day's experiments, the mean distance of the points struck being nearly 89.3.

    59. Wednesday, August 13, 1783; from 10 till 2.

    The weather cloudy and misty, but it did not rain. Barometer 30.17; Thermometer 64° at 5 P. M.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2       2.5              
    2 2       2.6              
    3 16       27.6              
    4 16       27.9              
    5 16 16 12½ 1.96 41.8 26.8 87.0 12 672.9 77.53 40.18 1992
    6 16 16 12½ 1.96 36.3 23.1 86.2 13 674.5 77.55 40.18 D
    7 16 16 12½ 1.96 42.3     11        
    8 16 16 12½ 1.96 41.0 25.2 84.7 11 677.8 77.58 40.18 1940
    9 8       14.2              
    10 8       13.5              
    11 8       13.6              
    12 8 16 12½ 1.96 27.6 22.4 84.4 10 679.4 77.60 40.18 1735
    13 8 16 12½ 1.96 28.8 25.8 90.3   681.0 77.63 40.18 1872

    Page 171

    The GUN was no 3. In the 5, 6, 7, 8, and 12th rounds, the gun had from 15′ to 20′ elevation. At the 6th round an uncommon large quantity of powder came out unfired, so as to scatter a great way over the ground, and bespatter the face of the screen and pendulum very much; which was not the case in any other round. And this may ac∣count for the smaller arcs described at that number.

    The PENDULUM was in the same condition as it had been left hang∣ing after the last day's experiments, with all the balls and plugs in it. After this day's experiments, its weight was found to be 681 lb, inclu∣ding all the balls and plugs, except one which flew out behind the pen∣dulum at the 7th round, occasioned by this ball striking in the same hole as no 6, and knocking it out. This ball, which came out, was quite whole and perfect; it was black on the hinder part with the pow∣der, but rubbed bright before with the friction in passing through the wood. The tape of the pendulum also broke at this round, so that the vibration could not be measured.

    The value of i, or the mean among the distances of the point struck this day and the last is 88.

    Of the plugs, this day and the last, 10 inches weighed 9 oz.

      8 oz 16 oz
    Mean length of the charge 6.0 11.1
    Mean recoil with ball 28.2 41.7
    Ditto without 13.77 27.75
    Difference, or c = 14.43 13.95
    Hence velocity by the recoil 1594 1542
    Mean ditto by the pendulum 1803 1966
    Difference, the recoil less 209 424
    Or nearly the part 1/9

    Page 172

    60. Monday, September 8, 1783; from 10 till 1½ P. M.

    Weather windy and cloudy, with some drops of rain. Barometer 30.03; Thermometer 61° at 10 A. M.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2       2.7              
    2 2       2.55              
    3 2       2.6              
    4 4       6.55              
    5 4       6.1              
    6 4       6.8              
    7 4 16 13 1.96 17.4 17.8 88.1 10 663.0 77.35 40.20 1281
    8 4 16 13 1.96 18.3 19.0 88.3 9 664.7 77.37 40.19 1369
    9 4 16 13 1.96 18.2 18.8 88.0 8 666.3 77.40 40.19 1363
    10 4 16 13 1.96 17.9 18.0 87.2 9 667.8 77.42 40.19 1321
    11 2 16 13 1.96 10.9 12.4 87.8 8 669.4 77.44 40.19 906
    12 2 16 13 1.96 11.2 12.5 85.8 7 670.9 77.47 40.19 937
    13 2 16 13 1.96 11.0 12.5 86.1 7 672.4 77.49 40.19 936

    The GUN no 3, with every circumstance as usual; except that in the last four rounds it had 15′ elevation.

    The PENDULUM had been repaired, the balls and plugs taken out, a square hole cut quite through, and a sound piece fitted in; and the face covered with sheet lead as before.

    Its weight at the beginning 663 lb
    To the center of gravity 77.35 inches
    To the tape 117.8

    Page 173

    The vibration at no 8 a little doubtful, as the tape broke.

    The plugs weighed 1 oz per inch.

    The value of i, or the mean distance of the points struck, 87.3.

    Weight of Powder 2 oz. 4 oz.
    Mean length of the charge 1.9 3.2
    Mean recoil with ball 11.03 17.95
    Ditto without 2.62 6.48
    Difference, or c = 8.41 11.47
    Hence velocity by the recoil 928 1266
    Mean ditto by the pendulum 926 1334
    Difference, recoil less, −2 −68
    Or nearly the part 1/4•••• 1/9

    Page 174

    61. Wednesday, September 10, 1783; from 10 till 12.

    The weather was fine. Barometer 29.7; Thermometer 60° at 10 A. M.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2       2.5              
    2 2       2.2              
    3 2       2.45              
    4 4       5.8              
    5 4       5.8              
    6 4       5.7              
    7 8       12.1              
    8 8       12.1              
    9 8       12.2              
    10 8 16 12½ 1.96 24.5 18.0 88.3 5 671.4 77.48 40.19 1315
    11 8 16 12½ 1.96 25.1 19.3 89.5 8 672.8 77.50 40.19 1394
    12 8 16 12½ 1.96 24.8 18.1 86.8 6 674.3 77.52 40.19 1351
    13 4 16 12½ 1.96 15.85 14.65 88.5 7 675.7 77.54 40.19 1075
    14 4 16 12½ 1.96 15.7 14.1 87.4 6 677.2 77.56 40.19 1050
    15 4 16 12½ 1.96 16.35 15.4 88.5 3 678.6 77.59 40.18 1136
    16 2 16 12½ 1.96 10.0 10.75 89.3 4 679.8 77.61 40.18 787
    17 2 16 12½ 1.96 9.9 10.6 89.8 3 681.1 77.63 40.18 774
    18 2 16 12½ 1.96 10.1 10.65 88.0 3 682.3 77.65 40.18 795

    The GUN, no 1. Weight and other circumstances as usual.

    The PENDULUM as left hanging since Monday. Its radius, &c. as usual.—The value of i, or the mean distance among the points struck this day and the former, is 88.0.

    The plugs weighed 1 oz per inch.

    Page 175

    Weight of Powder 2 oz 4 oz 8 oz
    Mean length of the charge 1.9 3.2 5.7
    Mean recoil with ball 10.00 15.97 24.8
    Ditto without 2.38 5.77 12.1
    Difference, or c = 7.62 10.20 12.7
    Hence velocity by the recoil 838 1122 1396
    Mean ditto by the pendulum 785 1087 1353
    Difference, the recoil more, 53 35 43
    Or nearly the part 1/15 1/31 1/31

    62. Thursday, September 11, 1783; from 10 till 12.

    The weather was fine. Barometer 29.93; Thermometer 60° at 10 A. M.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt diam gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr inches inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2       2.65              
    2 2       2.7              
    3 2       2.65              
    4 4       6.2              
    5 4       6.1              
    6 4       6.0              
    7 8       13.7              
    8 8       13.1              
    9 8       14.1              
    10 8 16 12½ 1.96 27.0 21.2 87.4 4 681.2 77.63 40.18 1590
    11 8 16 12½ 1.96 27.1 21.3 88.1 6 682.5 77.65 40.18 1589
    12 8 16 12½ 1.96 26.3 20.2 86.7 12 683.9 77.67 40.18 1535
    13 4 16 12½ 1.96 17.3 16.6 87.5 9 685.7 77.70 40.18 1253
    14 4 16 12½ 1.96 17.1 16.7 89.9 8 687.3 77.72 40.18 1230
    15 4 16 12½ 1.96 17.1 16.7 89.9 7 688.8 77.75 40.17 1233
    16 2 16 12½ 1.96 10.3 11.5 90.1 4 690.4 77.77 40.17 849
    17 2 16 12½ 1.96 10.45 11.7 90.3 3 691.7 77.80 40.17 864
    18 2 16 12½ 1.96 10.3 11.5 89.9 2 692.9 77.82 40.17 855

    Page 176

    The GUN no 2. In the last 5 rounds it had about 10′ depression.

    The PENDULUM the same as left hanging since yesterday. After the experiments were concluded to-day, it weighed 694 lb.—The plugs weighed 1 oz per inch.

    The weight of balls and plugs lodged in the block, these last three days, was 36 lb; which added to 663, the weight at the beginning, makes 699: but it weighed at the end only 694; so that it lost 5 lb of its weight in the 4 days, or 1¼ lb per day on a medium.

    The value of i, or the mean among the distance of the points struck these three days, is 88.3.

      2 oz 4 oz 8 oz
    Mean length of the charge 1.8 3.1 5.7
    Mean recoil with ball 10.35 17.17 26.80
    Ditto without 2.67 6.10 13.63
    Difference or c = 7.68 11.07 13.17
    Hence velocity by the recoil 846 1220 1452
    Mean ditto by the pendulum 856 1239 1571
    Difference, the gun less, 10 19 119
    Or nearly the part 1/86 1/65 1/13

    Page 177

    63. Tuesday, September 16, 1783; from 12 till 2.

    The weather was rainy. Barometer 29.9; Thermometer 64° at noon.
    No Powder   Vibration of
        gun  
      oz        
    1 2     2.3  
    2 2     2.5  
    3 2     2.35  
    4 4     5.25  
    5 4     5.05  
    6 4     5.4  
    7 8     11.65  
    8 8     11.9  
    9 8     12.05  
    10 12     17.3  
    11 12     19.3  
    12 12     18.7  
    13 12     17.1  
    18 16     25.3  
    15 16     23.3  
    16 16     24.0  
    17 20     28.5  
    18 20     28.2  
    19 20     24.8  

    The GUN was no 1.

    The last no very uncertain; the tape, being very wet, twisted, and was entangled.

      2 oz 4 oz 8 oz 12 oz 16 oz 20 oz
    Mean length of charge 1.9 3.2 5.6 8.2 10.6 13.2
    Mean recoil, omitting no 19, 2.38 5.23 11.9 18.1 24.2 28.2

    Page 178

    64. Thursday, September 18, 1783; from 10 till 3 P. M.

    The weather fair and mild. Barometer 30.08; Thermometer 64° at 10 A. M.
    No Powder Ball's wt Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Velocity of the ball
    wt ht gun pend p g n
      oz inches oz dr inches inches inches   lbs inches   feet
    1                        
    2                        
    3                        
    4                        
    5                        
    6                        
    7 24 14.5 16 12½ 38.6 17.3 90.8 14 655.0 77.21 40.21 1194
    8 32 21.6 16 12½ 44.0 13.0 92.9 8 656.8 77.24 40.20 880
    9 36 24.4 16 12½ 45.8 12.3 92.5 7 658.3 77.27 40.20 838
    10 39 27.2 16 12½ 47.5   went over 659.7 77.29 40.20  
    11 20 13.3 16 12½ 36.7 15.5 85.8 11 660.8 77.29 40.20 1144
    12 12 8.1 16 12½ 29.9 18.75 86.8 11 662.5 77.32 40.20 1371
    13 14 9.3 16 12½ 27.3 16.2 85.8 11 664.2 77.35 40.20 1202 D
    14 10 6.9 16 13 28.5 19.15 86.6 10 665.9 77.37 40.20 1409
    15 14 10.1 16 13 31.2 19.0 89.5 10 667.5 77.40 40.19 1357
    16 16 11.1 16 13 32.7 18.0 91.4 5 669.1 77.43 40.19 1262 D
    17 8 5.7 16 13 26.4 20.05 89.7 9 670.4 77.45 40.19 1436
    18 6 4.6 16 13 20.7 17.0 88.5 9 671.9 77.48 40.19 1237
    19 12 8.4 16 13 29.0 18.55 89.9 7 673.4 77.51 40.19 1333
    20 10 6.9 16 13 28.8 20.05 90.5 6 674.8 77.53 40.19 1434
    21 14 9.6 16 13 32.2 18.5 91.1 6 676.2 77.56 40.19 1318
    22 8 5.5 16 13 25.3 18.8 89.9 6 677.6 77.59 40.18 1360
    23 12 8.4 16 13 31.1 19.8 90.9 6 678.9 77.61 40.18 1420
    24 10 7.0 16 13 28.6 19.35 89.7 6 680.2 77.64 40.18 1409
    25 8 5.7 16 13 25.4 18.5 89.5 5 681.5 77.67 40.18 1354
    26 16 10.7 16 13 31.2 16.75 89.3 5 682.8 77.69 40.18 1231 D
    27 16 11.1 16 13 31.5 17.2 91.4 5 684.1 77.72 40.18 1238 D
    28 14 9.7 16 13 33.4 20.0 90.5 4 685.4 77.75 40.17 1457

    Page 179

    The GUN no 1. The charge of powder was gradually increased till the gun became quite full at no 10, when there was just room for half the ball to lie within the muzzle; which being too short a length to give a direction to the ball, it missed the pendulum, going over and just striking the top of the screen frame, about 21½ inches above the line of direction, which, though a very slender piece of wood, turned the ball up into a still higher direction, in which it struck the bank over the pen∣dulum, and entered it sloping, though but a little way: all which cir∣cumstances shew that the force of the ball was but small. And even at the 9th round, when the center of the ball was about 3 inches within the gun, the ball struck the pendulum 5 inches out of the line of direction. The gun was scarce ever sensibly heated.

    The diameter of the balls 1.96 inches.

    The PENDULUM had been gutted, and had received a new core. It was hung up in the morning of the day before yesterday, when it weighed 659 lb. And when taken down this evening it weighed only 686 lb, which is near 4 lb less than the balls and plugs ought to make it; and which 4 pounds must have evaporated in the 3 days.

    The plugs weighed ⅞ of an ounce to the inch.

    The value of i, or mean point struck, 89.7.

    All the three rounds with 16 oz are very doubtful, and seem to be too low, from some unknown cause.

    Mean velocity by the pendulum, &c.

    Powder Recoil Veloc.
    wt ht gun ball
    8 5.6 25.7 1383
    10 6.9 28.6 1417
    12 8.3 30.0 1375
    14 9.7 32.3 1333
    16 11.0 31.8 D 1243 D
    20 13.3 36.7  
    24 14.5 38.6  
    32 21.6 44.0  
    36 24.4 45.8  
    39 27.2 47.5  

    Page 180

    65. Thursday, September 25, 1783; from 10 A. M. till 3 P. M.

    Fine, clear, and warm weather. Barometer 29.93; Thermometer 59° at 10 A. M.
    No Powder Ball's wt Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    wt ht gun pend p g n
      oz inches oz dr inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 8 5.9 16 13 27.6 23.8 89.3 14 643.0 77.00 40.22 1632  
    2 10 7.2 16 13 29.5 23.0 88.7 15 644.9 77.03 40.22 1593  
    3 12 8.4 16 12½ 32.0 22.0 88.7 15 646.8 77.06 40.21 1532  
    4 14 9.4 16 12½ 32.2 21.3 88.5 15 648.8 77.09 40.21 1491 D
    5 16 11.3 16 12½ 39.4 23.6 88.3 13 650.8 77.12 40.21 1662  
    6 18 12.3 16 12½ 37.1 21.0 89.0 12 652.6 77.16 40.21 1472  
    7 20 13.2 16 12 39.8 21.9 91.6 17 654.4 77.19 40.21 1499  
    8 22 15.1 16 12 41.5 21.7 91.5 11 656.5 77.22 40.20 1492 D
    9 24 15.8 16 12 42.6 21.3 91.6 10 658.2 77.25 40.20 1468  
    10 28 18.9 16 12 44.2 18.1 90.5 10 659.8 77.28 40.20 1266 D
    11 32 22.1 16 12 52.8 20.3 90.8 9 661.5 77.31 40.20 1419  
    12 8 5.5 16 12 27.0 22.2 90.5 8 663.1 77.35 40.20 1562  
    13 10 7.0 16 12 30.5 22.9 90.0 7 664.6 77.38 40.20 1624  
    14 12 8.1 16 12 32.4 21.8 85.2 15 666.1 77.41 40.19 1638  
    15 14 9.3 16 12 32.9 20.4 86.4 15 668.0 77.44 40.19 1517  
    16 16 10.9 16 12 39.0 22.2 85.8 13 670.0 77.47 40.19 1667  
    17 8 5.5 16 12 25.2 19.6 87.9 15 671.8 77.50 40.19 1441 D
    18 8 5.5 16 12 26.3 20.8 89.2 13 673.6 77.53 40.19 1512  
    19 10 6.7 16 12 26.3 19.6 89.1 13 675.4 77.56 40.18 1431 D
    20 12 8.2 16 12 32.7 22.8 88.8 11 677.2 77.59 40.18 1675  
    21 14 9.1 16 12 35.1 17.7 89.0 11 678.9 77.63 40.18 1302 D
    22 16 10.4 16 12 32.8 15.6 89.1 8 680.6 77.66 40.18 1149 D
    23 6 4.4 16 12 22.8 14.5 89.1   682.1 77.69 40.18 1070 D

    The GUN was no 2.

    The diameter of the balls 1.96 inches.

    Page 181

    The PENDULUM had been repaired with a new core, but of very soft and damp wood. It was hung up yesterday morning, when it weighed 653 lb. And when taken down this evening it weighed only 678 lb with all the balls and plugs, the whole ball which came out behind, as well as the broken pieces of the wood and balls which flew out in the latter rounds, being collected and weighed with it; which is about 15½ lb less than it ought to be; so that about 15½ lb has been lost by evaporation in the space of 30 hours, or about half a pound an hour.

    At nos 4, 8, 10 the tape of the pendulum entangled and broke, which rendered those vibrations doubtful, as marked D. Some other rounds are marked doubtful, from some other cause, perhaps the badness of the wood in the pendulum, which split very much; from which circum∣stance part of the force of the ball might be lost by the lateral pressure.

    The plugs weighed 14 oz to 15 inches.

    The value of i, or the mean point struck, 89.5 inches.

    The penetration at the 1st and 7th rounds, which were made in fresh parts of the wood, were from 19 to 20 inches; so that the fore part of the ball penetrated about 21½ inches in this soft wood.

    Mean recoil and velocity by the pendulum.
    Powder Recoil Veloc.
    8 26.7 1569
    10 30.0 1608
    12 32.4 1615
    14 33.4 D 1517 D
    16 36.8 D 1664 D
    18 37.1  
    20 39.8  
    22 41.5  
    24 42.6  
    28 44.2  
    32 52.8 D  

    Page 182

    But these mediums are not much to be depended on, as the velocities are all very irregular. It is, in particular, highly probable that the ve∣locity here found for 14 oz of powder is too small, and that for 16 oz too great.

    66. Monday, September, 29, 1783; from 10 A. M. till 1½ P. M.

    The weather fine, clear, and warm. Barometer 30.28; Thermometer 64° at 10 A. M.
    No Powder Ball's wt Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball  
    wt ht gun pend p g n  
      oz inches oz dr inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet  
    1 2       2.8                
    2 2       2.75                
    3 6 4.5 16 11½ 22.6 20.5 88.9 7 654.0 77.20 40.21 1448  
    4 8 5.6 16 11½ 26.9 22.1 89.1 10 655.4 77.22 40.21 1561  
    5 10 6.9 16 11½ 30.2 23.4 91.3 8 656.9 77.25 40.20 1618  
    6 12 8.3 16 11½ 33.3 23.9 90.6 9 658.3 77.27 40.20 1669  
    7 14 9.5 16 11½ 37.4 24.7 88.9 10 659.8 77.30 40.20 1763  
    8 16 10.7 16 11½ 35.9 21.5 87.3 9 661.3 77.32 40.20 1566 D
    9 16 11.0 16 11½ 40.1 23.5 87.8 8 662.8 77.35 40.20 1707  
    10 18 12.1 16 11½ 32.7 18.3 87.1 6 664.2 77.37 40.20 1343 D
    11 18 12.2 16 11½ 39.5 21.9 87.7 12 665.5 77.40 40.20 1598  
    12 20 13.0 16 11 42.7 23.4 91.8 10 667.1 77.43 40.19 1639  
    13 14 9.6 16 11   21.6 89.3 9 668.6 77.46 40.19 1561  

    The GUN no 2.—At the last round the tape broke, so the recoil could not be measured. No• 8 and 10 are plainly both irregular, the recoils being greatly deficient: the vibrations of the pendulum might perhaps be defective by the balls being resisted sideways by the wood, or by

    Page 183

    changing their direction within the block; but there is no cause which I can suspect for the defective recoils of the gun, as all the circumstances were alike in every case, and the heights of the charges shew that there was no mistake in the quantity of powder.—At the last firing the vent had a small channel blown in it, though the gun was no where very hot.

    The PENDULUM had received a new core of sound dry elm, and weighed this morning, when it was hung up, 654 lb.

    The diameter of the balls 1.96 inches.

    The plugs weighed 6¼ oz to 8 inches.

    The value of i, or mean point struck, 89.1.

    The first penetration was 12 inches, measured behind the ball, and consequently the fore part penetrated 14 inches.

    Mean recoil of gun and velocity of ball:

    Powder Recoil Veloc.
    6 22.6 1448
    8 26.9 1561
    10 30.2 1618
    12 33.3 1669
    14 37.4 1662
    16 38.0 1637
    18 39.5 1598
    20 42.7 1639

    Page 184

    67. Thursday, September 30, 1783; from 10 A. M. till 1½ P. M.

    Fine, clear, and warm weather. Barometer 30.25; Thermometer 64° at 10 A. M.
    No Powder Balls wt Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. of the ball
    wt ht gun pend. p g n
      oz inches oz dr inches inches inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2 1.9     2.4              
    2 2 1.9     2.6              
    3 10 7.1 16 14 27.5 19.4 89.6 6 669.0 77.46 40.19 1383
    4 12 8.4 16 14 31.9 20.4 88.7 6 670.3 77.48 40.19 1472
    5 8 5.8 16 14 25.3 18.7 88.8 6 671.6 77.51 40.19 1351
    6 14 9.3 16 14 32.7 19.4 88.9 7 672.9 77.53 40.19 1403
    7 6 4.6 16 14 21.6 18.5 90.3 6 674.3 77.55 40.19 1320
    8 10 6.9 16 14 27.5 19.8 91.2 7 675.6 77.58 40.19 1403
    9 12 8.3 16 14 29.5 19.9 92.2 5 677.0 77.60 40.18 1398
    10 8 5.7 16 14 25.3 18.9 90.2 6 678.3 77.62 40.18 1360
    11 14 9.6 16 14 32.6 19.7 91.2 6 679.6 77.65 40.18 1405
    12 6 4.4 16 14 21.9 18.0 87.0 7 680.9 77.67 40.18 1349
    13 10 6.9 16 14 28.7 18.8 86.5 7 682.3 77.69 40.18 1420
    14 12 8.4 16 14 31.7 20.0 87.9 6 683.7 77.71 40.18 1490
    15 8 6.0 16 14 26.4 19.4 88.0 7 685.0 77.74 40.17 1447
    16 14 9.3 16 14 32.2 18.4 86.5 7 686.4 77.76 40.17 1399
    17 6 4.3 16 14 21.7 17.9 89.2 5 687.8 77.78 40.17 1323

    The GUN no 1.—The vent blew a little, though the gun was never very warm.

    The PENDULUM was the same as it hung since yesterday, with all the balls in it; but the other end of it was turned, which bore the fiings very well, the core being of sound dry wood. At the end of the experiments this day the pendulum weighed 689 lb, which is only 1 lb

    Page 185

    less than it ought to be by the addition of the balls and plugs to the first weight; so little was it less of weight by evaporation, owing to the dry∣ness of the wood.

    The diameter of the balls 1.96 inches.

    The plugs weighed 6½ oz to 8 inches.

    The value of i, or mean point struck, 89.1 inches.

    The first penetration, being in sound wood, was 14¼ inches to the fore part of the ball.

    This set of experiments, as well as those of the three preceding days, were made to determine the best charge, or that which gives the greatest velocity.

    This is a good set of experiments, and the Mean recoil, and velocity of the ball by the pendulum, are as follows:

    Powder Recoil Veloc.
    6 21.7 1331
    8 25.6 1386
    10 27.9 1402
    12 31.0 1453
    14 32.5 1402
    which velocities, as well as the recoils, are found by adding those of each sort together, and dividing by the number of them, as below:
    6 8 10 12 14
    1320 1351 1383 1472 1403
    1349 1360 1403 1398 1405
    1323 1447 1420 1490 1399
    3) 3992 4158 4206 4360 4207
    means 1331 1386 1402 1453 1402
    where the velocity with 12 oz is greatest.

    The end of Experiments in 1783.

    Page 186

    THE EXPERIMENTS OF 1784.
    68. Wednesday, July 21, &c. 1784.

    IN the course of last year's operations we experienced several incon∣veniences from some parts of our apparatus, which we determined to remedy if possible. These regarded chiefly the time-pieces, the axes of vibration, and the method of measuring by the tape. For measuring the time of a certain number of vibrations, we united the use of a second stop watch with a simple half-second pendulum, made of a leaden bullet suspended by a silken thread, which did not always agree together. Again, the axes of the gun and pendulum frames were not found to be so devoid of friction as might be wished. But, above all, the chief cause of dissatisfaction, was the method of measuring the extent of the vibrations by means of the tape; which was, notwithstanding all pos∣sible care and precaution, still subject to much irregularity, by being wetted by rain, or blown aside by the wind, or otherwise entangled, which rendered the measurements doubtful and irregular.

    The preceding part of this year therefore was employed in correcting these and other smaller imperfections in the apparatus. To our time-pieces we added a peculiar one, which measures time to 40th parts of a second.—Next, by a happy contrivance, the friction of the axes was almost intirely taken off. This was effected by means of sockets of a peculiar construction, for the axes to work in. First imagine the half of a short cylinder, of 2 or 3 inches long, cut lengthways through the axis, and of a diameter a very little more than the ends of the axis that are intended to work in it: if this were all, it is evident that the axis, in

    Page 187

    vibrating, would touch this socket in one line only, because their diame∣ters were unequal. Next imagine the inside of this socket to be gra∣dually ground down towards each end, from nothing in the middle; so that the inside resembled a tube having its two ends bent downwards, and rising highest in the middle. Then it is evident that the axis will touch the socket in this one middle point only. And farther, the under sides of the axis itself were ground a little, to bring the undermost line to an edge, something like the pivots of a scale beam. The conse∣quence was, that the friction was not sensible in a great number of vi∣brations; and hereafter we commonly made the gun and pendulum vibrate for just 10 minutes, and divided the counted number of vibra∣tions by 10, for the mean number per minute—And for measuring the arcs of vibration more certainly and accurately, we have constructed a strong wooden circular arch, of about 4 feet in length, cut out to a radius of just 10 feet. This arch is divided into chords of equal parts, each the 1000th part of the radius, or 12/100th parts of an inch, as before described in Art. 16. This arch being placed 10 feet below, and con∣centric with the axis, and the groove in the middle of it filled with the soft composition of soap and wax, the stylette, or small sharp spear, traces in the groove the extent of the vibration, and the corresponding divisions on each side of the groove shew the length of the chord vibra∣ted. And as these chords are in 1000th parts of the radius, the value of r, in the theorem for the velocity of the ball, will be 1000 for all the following experiments; and then that theorem will become v = 59/96 × p+b/bin gc by the pendulum, and v = 59/96 × Ggc/bin by the recoil of the gun. Or v = 12.742 × c / b or 51/4 × c / b by the gun no 2, when we substitute the values of G, g, i, n, specified in Art. 36. And farther, when b = 1.047, it is v = 12⅙c.

    Page 188

    The apparatus having been prepared, we employed the three days, July 21, July 26, and August 3, in hanging it up, and in weighing, measuring, and adjusting all the parts, and trying them by firing a few rounds with powder only. The 4 rounds fired on the first of those days, of 4 ounces each, with the gun no 1, weighing 917 lb, gave 56 at the first round, and at each of the other three 57 divisions on the measuring arc, for the recoil of the gun.

    69. Wednesday, August 4, 1784.

    Frequent showers of rain.
    No Powder Weight of Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    ball gun gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr lb     inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 2     478 55              
    2 2     478 55              
    3 2     478 57              
    4 2     478 57              
    5 4     478 122              
    6 8     478 122              
    7 6 16 14 478 426 166 88.9 9 631.5 76.79 40.23 1313
    8 6 16 14 478 387 151 89.3 5 632.8 76.81 40.23 1192D
    9 6 16 14 478 426 164 88.9 8 634.0 76.83 40.23 1303
    10 6 16 14 650 279 158 89.2 7 635.3 76.85 40.23 1254
    11 6 16 14 650 290 160 88.0 8 636.6 76.87 40.23 1291
    12 6 16 14 917 193 157 87.3 9 637.9 76.90 40.22 1280
    13 6 16 14 917 199 162 86.9 9 639.1 76.92 40.22 1329
    14 6 0 0 917 85 0            
    15 6 1 10 917 104 20 82.3   640.1 76.94 40.22  
                  omitting no 8, the mean is 1295

    Here, and in all the future days, the chords of vibration, of both gun and pendulum, are expressed in 1000th parts of the radius.

    Page 189

    The GUN was no 1.—We began this day with the weight of the gun and its iron frame only, without any of the leaden weights. Then the one set of weights was put on at no 10, and the other at no 12. This was done to try the effects of different weights of gun on the velocity of the ball, experimentally to correct a common error which had been adopted from time immemorial, by professional men, namely, that heavier guns, caeteris paribus, give the greater velocities. The erroneousness of which opinion is proved by the experiments of this and some of the fol∣lowing days. And it is needless to prove a priori to scientific men, that the difference in the effects cannot be rendered sensible by any measure∣ments which we can make of the velocity.

    The PENDULUM was the block of last year, with a new core, and a facing of sheet lead. Its weight, taken this morning, was 627 lb.

    The plugs weighed 7 ounces to 11 inches, on an average; which proportion may always be used in future, at least till another be mentioned.

    The 8th no is doubtful, and is omitted in the medium.

    The 14th was with powder only, like the first six. And the 15th was without ball, having only a wad made of junk, weighing 10z 10dr. This made a small impression, of about half an inch deep, in the face of the pendulum, and rebounded back. And it struck the pendulum at more than 6 inches above the line of direction.

    Note, the center of the pendulum, as before, is at 88.7 inches below the axis. And the value of i, for the mean distance of the points struck, is 88.4.

    By comparing together the first 6 rounds, which are all with the same weight of gun, we find that the mean proportion of the recoil, with the different charges, without balls, is as follows:

    2 oz 4 oz 8 oz
    56 122 252
    the recoils being rather in a higher proportion than the charge of powder.

    Page 190

    If we compare the mean of the first 4, with 2 oz of powder and 478 lb weight of gun, with the mean of July 21, with 4 oz of powder and 917 lb weight of gun, we shall obtain as follows:

    Charge 20z 40z
    Weight of gun 478 lb 917 lb
    Recoil 56 57
    So that, in this instance, the less charge gives a recoil in proportion to the greater charge, a little above the direct ratio of the weight of pow∣der, and inverse ratio of the weight of the gun. For that ratio, or 2 × 917 to 4 × 478, is as 56 to 58.

    If we compare no 5 with the mean of July 21, which are both with 4 oz of powder, they will stand thus:

    Weight of gun 478 915
    Recoil 122 57
    which shews that, in this instance, the same charge gives more than double the recoil to half the weight of the gun.

    Lastly, if we compare the means of each pair of velocities with the several weights of gun, we shall have as follows:

    • 1313 1308 mean with 478 lb wt of gun
    • 1303 1308 mean with 478 lb wt of gun
    • 1254 1273 mean with 650 lb wt of gun
    • 1291 1273 mean with 650 lb wt of gun
    • 1280 1305 mean with 917 lb wt of gun
    • 1329 1305 mean with 917 lb wt of gun
    which differences are neither regular, nor greater than happen from different trials with the weight and all other circumstances the same.

    for the 6 oz charge the
    Mean recoil with ball 196
    Ditto without 85
    Difference, or c = 111
    Hence velocity by recoil 1339
    Ditto by the pendulum 1295
    Difference 44
    Or the part 1/30

    Page 191

    70. Thursday, August 5, 1784.

    A fine warm day. Barometer 29.98; Thermometer 68 at 10 A. M.
    No Powder Weight of Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    ball gun gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr lb     inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 4     485 127              
    2 6     485 176              
    3 6 16 14 485 460 195 86.8 9 640.4 76.94 40.22 1606
    4 6 16 14 485 459 197 87.2 8 641.7 76.96 40.22 1619
    5 6 16 14 655 312 196 88.1 7 642.9 76.99 40.22 1598
    6 6 16 14 655 319 196 88.3 7 644.2 77.01 40.22 1598
    7 6 16 14 917 218 200 87.3 9 645.5 77.03 40.21 1653
    8 6 16 14 917 216 196 88.3 9 646.7 77.06 40.21 1605
    9 6 16 14 1170 174 202 89.4 7 648.0 77.08 40.21 1637
    10 6 16 14 1170 168 198 89.1 8 649.3 77.11 40.21 1614
                        mean of all 1616

    The GUN was no 3.—Began first with its own weight only; then at no 5 put on one pair of the usual weights; at no 7 the other pair; and lastly at no 9 fixed on some extra weights. But the result shews that the velocity of the ball is the same with all of them.

    The PENDULUM as left hanging since yesterday.

    The value of i, or medium among the points struck these last two days, is 88.2.

    • 1606 1613 mean velocity with 485 lb weight of gun
    • 1619 1613 mean velocity with 485 lb weight of gun
    • 1598 1598 mean velocity with 655 lb weight of gun
    • 1598 1598 mean velocity with 655 lb weight of gun
    • 1653 1629 mean velocity with 917 lb weight of gun
    • 1605 1629 mean velocity with 917 lb weight of gun
    • 1637 1625 mean velocity with 1170 lb weight of gun
    • 1614 1625 mean velocity with 1170 lb weight of gun
    • 1616 mean for 6 oz with gun 3.

    Page 192

    71. Saturday, August 7, 1784; from 11 till 2.

    The weather fair, but cloudy at times. Barometer 29.92; Thermometer 64° at 2 P. M.
    No Powder Weight of Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    ball wad gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr oz dr     inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 4         58              
    2 6     2 10 119 31 93.0          
    3 6     2 9 120 20 78.0          
    4 6         93              
    5 6         93              
    6 6     2 10 225 206 89.7 4 651.6 77.14 40.21  
    7 6 16 14 2 8 228 212 89.4   652.9 77.16 40.21  
    8 6 16 14 2 9 230 206 87.6 5 654.1 77.19 40.21  
    9 6 16 14 2 9 232 217 89.8 12 655.4 77.21 40.21  
    10 6 16 14 2 8 231 206 88.8 10 656.7 77.23 40.20  
    11 6 16 14     219 199 89.2 6 657.9 77.26 40.20  
    12 6 16 14 4 14 236 205 89.7 8 659.2 77.28 40.20  
    13 6 16 14 4 12 235 220 89.5 5 660.5 77.30 04.20  

    The GUN, no 3, with the usual leads, weighed 917 lb.

    The mean height of the charge of 6 ounces was 4.5 inches.

    The PENDULUM, as left hanging since the last day.

    The value of i, or the mean among the points struck these last three days, 88.5.

    The object of this day's business, was to try the effect of different de∣grees of ramming the charge of powder, with the effect of wads placed

    Page 193

    in different positions. Sometimes the powder was only set up without being compressed, and sometimes it was rammed with a different number of strokes, and pushed with various degrees of force: but no sensible difference was produced in the velocity. The wads, which were of 2 inches length, firmly made of junk or rope-yarn, and made large to be with difficulty pushed into the gun, were diversly placed and varied in number, being sometimes introduced between the powder and ball, and sometimes over both. But no effect was perceived from them on the velocity of the ball; this being indifferently the same, either with one wad, or two, or none at all. The reason of which is probably because the balls had very little windage. At the last two numbers two wads were used; in most of the others only one; weighing on an average about 2 oz 9 dr.

    When balls were used with the wads, it was common for them both to enter the pendulum by the same hole. But it is remarkable that, when the wads were discharged without balls, they commonly struck wide of the line of the gun by 6 or 8 inches, and indifferently either too high or too low, or to the right or left; and sometimes they flew in pieces before they struck the block.

    The velocities of the ball in these experiments are not computed, as the effects of the blow from the ball and the wad are compounded to∣gether, and that in an unknown degree, as the wad sometimes slies in pieces, and sometimes not, or strikes the pendulum with divers degrees of force at different times; and also sometimes the wads enter the pen∣dulum, and sometimes they rebound from it.

    Page 194

    72. Tuesday, August 10, 1784; from 12 till 2.

    The weather thick and cloudy.
    No Powder Weight of Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    ball wad gun pend p g n
      oz oz dr oz dr     inches inch lb inches    
    1 4         56              
    2 4         56              
    3 6 14     203 170 89.4 7 674.8 76.62 40.26  
    4 6 14 3     195 159 89.8 8 676.1 76.64 40.26  
    5 6 14 4 12 214 161 89.5 5 677.3 76.67 40.26  
    6 6 14 4 10 215 163 89.3 6 678.6 76.69 40.26  
    7 6 14 4 2 5 208 171 89.3 6 679.9 76.72 40.26  
    8 6 14 2 4 208 171 89.1 6 681.1 76.75 40.25  
    9 6 13 15½ 2 10 208 176 89.5 5 689.4 76.77 40.25  
    10 6 14 4 10 230 187 90.3 8 683.7 76.80 40.25  
    11 6 14 4 12 232 218 90.8 7 683.0 76.82 40.25  

    The mean diameter of the ball was 1.875; so that the windage was 15.

    The mean height of the charge of powder was 4.4.

    The GUN no 3; its weight 917 lb.

    The object this day was the effect of windage with low balls, and the effect of wads, both high and low ones. The wads struck variously, either above or below or with the ball. The two wads in the last round were made of well-twisted twine, and firmly bound: they struck the pen∣dulum very hard blows. The other wads were of junk, and did not strike so hard.

    Page 195

    Here, the balls being smaller, and consequently the windage more, the vibrations are much smaller, although wads were used. So that it seems the wads do not prevent the escape of the inflamed powder by the windage, nor make any sensible alteration in the velocity of the ball.

    The velocities are not computed, for the same reason as specified in the last day's experiments.

    73. The PENDULUM block had not been altered since the last day's experiments. But the iron stays of the stem had been changed for others that are stronger, and which weigh 10 lb more than the old ones did. And this additional 10 lb of iron must be added to the weight of the pendulum; and new theorems must be made out for determining the change in the center of gravity and the number of vibrations per minute. Now this rod, of uniform thickness, reached from the lower side of the axis to within 24 inches of the top of the block; conse∣quently its length was 51.4 inches, and its middle point, or center of gravity, was at 26.6 inches below the middle of the axis of vibration. And this number 26.6 will be the value of i in the theorem 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 for the place of the new center of gravity, where the value of b is 10; which theorem gives G = 77.3 − 0.76 = 76.54 for the center of gravity.

    And the same values of i and b, substituted in the theorem 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, give N = 40.2 + .07 = 40.27 for the number of oscillations.

    Hence then, in this new state of the pendulum, the value of g is 76.54, and the value of n 40.27, corresponding to the value 670 of p, or weight of the pendulum. That is

    Page 196

    p g n
    670 76.54 40.27
    are the new radical corresponding values of p, g, n. And these va∣lues, being substituted in the two general theorems, namely, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, and 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, they become 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, and 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, or 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 nearly. Which are the theo∣rems to be used now and hereafter for the values of g and n. And where the distance of the center of oscillation, answering to the number 40.47, is 86.

    The value of i this day, or the mean distance of the points struck, is 89.7.

    Page 197

    74. Wednesday, August 11, 1784; from 10 till 2.

    The air was warm, close, and thick. Barometer 30.25; Thermometer 65° at 10 A. M.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    diam wt gun pend p g n
      oz inches oz dr     inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 4       D 65              
    2 10 1.97 16 15 272 183 89.4 7 686.7 76.87 40.25 1561
    3 8       240 176 89.7 6 688.0 76.89 40.24 1499
    4 12       297 183 89.5 6 689.3 76.91 40.24 1566
    5 10       258 168 88.8 7 690.6 76.93 40.24 1452
    6 10       263 168 88.1 6 691.8 76.95 40.24 1466
    7 12       293 177 88.2 8 693.1 76.97 40.24 1546
    8 14       327 182 89.8 10 694.3 76.99 40.24 1565
    9 14       310 175 89.8 9 695.5 77.01 40.24 1508
    10 8       240 172 88.6 8 696.9 77.03 40.23 1505
    11 8       232 164 89.7 8 698.1 77.05 40.23 1421
    12 6 1.96 16 14   151 89.5 6 699.4 77.07 40.23 1319
    13 6       200 157 88.6 6 700.7 77.09 40.23 1388
    14 12       283 157 85.1 9 702.0 77.11 40.23 1448
    15 14       318 169 88.0 7 703.2 77.13 40.23 1510
    16 6       202 149 84.0 8 704.5 77.15 40.23 1398

    The GUN was no 1, weighing, with the usual leads, 917 lb.

    The PENDULUM as left hanging since yesterday.

    The mean value of i, for the last two days, is 88.91.

    After the experiments were ended this day, the pendulum was weighed, and found to be 706 lb. Now the original weight, when weighed at first on the 26th of July, seemingly with as much care as now, was 627 lb; to this add 61½ lb weight of balls and plugs lodged in it, and 10 lb of iron added on the 8th of August, and they make together 698½ lb; from this take 1.6 lb, for the diminution of the leaden facing

    Page 198

    of the pendulum, by the balls striking and piercing it, and there will remain only 697 lb, which the pendulum ought to weigh, and which is 9 lb less than it is actually found to weigh. I cannot imagine any cause to which this difference of weight may be attributed, as it is contrary to the effect heretofore experienced, the pendulum having always been found to lose in weight by hanging up; unless it arise from the moisture imbibed by the block in the 17 days it was up, and during all or the most part of which time it was very rainy weather, and the pendulum hung uncovered. And the probability of this will be heightened by considering that the block had lain by all the preceding winter, and till after midsummer this year, under cover, in the carpenter's shop, a cir∣cumstance which would make it very dry, and so render it apt to im∣bibe moisture from the continually foggy atmosphere and rain which have taken place ever since it was exposed. This increase of weight then, being 9 lb in the 17 days, or nearly half a pound per day, I have thought it safest to divide equally among all the days, by adding half a pound for each day it hung up, from the beginning of this year to the end of this day's experiments.

    The object of this course was again to search out the maximum of the gun's charge; but it is not a good set of experiments, the velocities being not regular, perhaps owing to the bad state of the pendulum, which was very much shattered. However it sufficiently appears that there is but little difference among the velocities due to 8, 10, 12, and 14 ounces of powder.

    Weight of Powder 6 oz 8 oz 10 oz 12 oz 14 oz
    Mean height of charge 4.4 5.7 7.0 8.1 9.5
    Mean recoil of gun 201 237 264 291 318
    Velocities by the pen∣dulum 1319 1499 1561 1566 1565
    Velocities by the pen∣dulum 1388 1505 1452 1546 1508
    Velocities by the pen∣dulum 1398 1421 1466 1448 1510
    Mean ditto 1368 1475 1493 1520 1528

    Page 199

    75. Thursday, September 9, 1784.

    Since the last experiments, the steadying-rods of the gun-frame having been lengthened, and the pendulum block repaired with a new core, &c. we attended to weigh and measure the several parts; the circum∣stances of which were as follows:

    Weight of the pendulum 638 = p
    Theref. to its center of gravity 75.93 = g
    And its vibrations per minute 40.30 = n

    The new stay-rods of the gun-frame weigh 17 lb more than the old ones, so that now

      lb
    The weight of iron in the frame is 205
    Weight of gun and iron together 495
    Weight of gun, iron, and leads 934 = G

    By this additional 17 lb weight of iron, the values of g and n, or the center of gravity and number of oscillations, will be altered; which will cause an alteration in our theorem v = 59/96 × Ggc/bin, by which the ve∣locity of the ball is determined from the recoil of the gun, in Art. 36. The values of those two letters were, at Art. 42 and 43, found to be g = 80.47, and n = 40.0 for the gun no 2; but the former will now become something less, and the latter something greater.

    Now the old and new iron stay-rods were nearly of equal thickness. But the old rods extended only 29 inches, and the new ones 58 inches below the axis; the difference is 29; and the half difference, or 14½ added to the old length 29, gives 43½ inches below the axis, where the

    Page 200

    middle or center of gravity of the additional length is situated, the weight of which part is 17 lb. But the center of gravity was found to be 80.47 below the axis, when the whole weight was 917 lb. Here, the difference of the two distances, or the distance between the two weights 17 and 917, being 37 inches, and the sum of the weights 934, we shall have 934 ∶ 17 ∷ 37 ∶ 0.67 the change of the distance of the center of gravity; which being subtracted from 80.47, leaves 79.8 for the distance of the new compound center of gravity.

    Also the correction of the value of n will be determined by the usual formula 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, in which b = 17, i = 43.5, n = 40.0, p = 917, and g = 80.47; which values, being used in that formula, give 0.1 for the correction of n; to which add 40.0, and we shall have 40.1 for the new value of n, or number of oscillations per minute, for the gun no 2; and conse∣quently 40.2 for no 1, and 40.0 for no 3, and 39.9 for no 1. Hence then the new values for the gun no 2 are thus:

    G g n i r
    934 79.8 40.1 89.15 1000

    Then, using these values of G, g, n, i, r, in the formula v = 59000/96 × Ggc/birn above-mentioned, it becomes v = 205/16 × c / b for the velocity by the recoil of the gun; where b is the weight of the ball, and c the difference between the chords of recoil with and without a ball.

    And when b = 1.047 lb = 16 oz 12 dr, the same theorem is v = 12⅓c for the gun no 2. And every ½ dram in the value of b will alter this theorem by the 1/525th part nearly.

    Also for the gun no 1 the above velocity must be decreased by the 400th part, and for no 3 increased by the 400th part, and for no 4 in∣creased by the 200th part.

    Page 201

    76. Friday, September 10, 1784; from 10 till 1.

    The weather fair; but not warm.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    diam wt gun pend p g n
      oz inches oz dr     inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 4       115              
    2 4       116              
    3 6       194              
    4 6       190              
    5 6       193              
    6 4 1.96 16 12   143 88.0 8 638.0 75.93 40.30 1148
    7 4       322 140 88.3 7 639.2 75.95 40.30 1123
    8 4       324 144 89.3 7 640.3 75.97 40.30 1144
    9 4       318 138 88.4 6 641.5 75.99 40.30 1110
    10 6       433 173 88.5 7 642.7 76.02 40.30 1393
    11 6       432 173 89.9 6 643.8 76.04 40.30 1374
    12 6       430 172 90.1 7 645.0 76.06 40.30 1366
    13 6       427 168 89.6 6 646.1 76.09 40.30 1345
    14 8       519 188 90.0 7 647.3 76.11 40.30 1501
    15 8       498 172 88.9 8 648.5 76.13 40.30 1394 D
    16 8       529 190 89.6 6 649.6 76.15 40.30 1530
    17 2         92 89.4 3 650.8 76.17 40.29 744
    18 2       197 98 90.3 3 652.0 76.19 40.29 786
    19 2       187 91 89.8 3 653.1 76.21 40.29 736

    The GUN, no 1, without the leaden weights, weighed 495 lb.

    The PENDULUM as specified the last day.

    The plugs weigh 6 ounces to 7 inches long, not being of so dry wood as before. And this rate of the weight of the plugs to be con∣tinued till an alteration is announced.

    The mean value of i, or point struck, is 89.29.

    Here 439 lb weight of lead being taken off, at the distance 90.3 below the axis; and the center of gravity yesterday being at 79.8 distance,

    Page 202

    when the whole weight was 934 lb; therefore 495 ∶ 439 ∷ 10.5 ∶ 9.3 the change of the center of gravity; and consequently 79.8 − 9.3 = 70.5 = g is the distance of the new center of gravity for this day.

    Also the new number of oscillations per minute for this day will be found by this formula 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉; where the values of the letters are thus, namely: G = 934 g = 79.8 b = 439 i = 90.3 n = 40.2 Now in this day's experiments, the

    Charge or weight of Powder 2 oz 4 oz 6 oz 8 oz
    Mean height of ditto 1.8 3.1 4.3 5.8
    Mean recoil with ball 192 321 431 515
    Ditto without   115 192  
    Difference, or c =   206 239  
    Hence velocity by recoil   1170 1358  
    Mean ditto by the pendulum 755 1131 1370 1475
    Difference,   + 39 − 12  
    Or nearly the part   1/30 1/114  

    These velocities from the recoil are found by the theorem 59/96 × Ggc/bin, where the values of the letters are thus: G = 495 g = 70.5 b = 1.047 i = 89.15 n = 40.5

    Page 203

    77. Saturday, September 11, 1784; from 10 till 1.

    Very hot and clear weather.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    diam wt gun pend p g n
      oz inches oz dr     inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 4       58              
    2 8 1.97 16 14 249 D 225 89.6 10 654.3 76.23 40.29 1814
    3 8 1.92 16 4 248 206 89.6 6 655.4 76.25 40.29 1730
    4 8 1.87 15 2 241 185 88.7 8 656.6 76.27 40.29 1693
    5 8 1.97 16 14 262 224 89.7 3 657.8 76.29 40.29 1815
    6 8 1.92 16 2 249 201 88.9 7 658.9 76.32 40.28 1725
    7 8 1.87 15 2 236 177 88.6 7 660.1 76.34 40.28 1631
    8 4 1.97 16 14 165 165 90.0 7 661.3 76.36 40.28 1341
    9 4 1.92 16 2 155 146 89.3 6 662.4 76.39 40.28 1255
    10 4 1.87 15 2 149 134 89.7 7 663.6 76.41 40.28 1228
    11 4 1.97 16 14 165 165 89.9 6 664.8 76.43 40.28 1351
    12 4 1.92 16 1 153 142 89.3 5 665.9 76.45 40.27 1233
    13 4 1.87 15 2 146 132 89.3 5 667.1 76.48 40.27 1222

    The GUN was no 3, and weighed 934 lb.

    At no 2 the recoil 249 of the gun is too small; owing to the stylette, which ought to trace the arc, not marking all the way.

    The PENDULUM as left yesterday.

    The mean value of i, or point struck these two days, is 89.34.

    The object this day was the effect of different sizes and weights of balls, and different degrees of windage.

    The mean weight of balls and velocity, for the two weights of pow∣der 4 and 8 ounces, are as follow:

    Page 204

        Ball's    
    Powder's wt diam Recoil Veloc.
    wt ht oz dr inches gun ball
    4 3.4 15 2 1.87 148 1225
        16 2 1.92 154 1244
        16 14 1.97 165 1346
    8 5.9 15 2 1.87 239 1662
        16 3 1.92 249 1728
        16 14 1.97 262 1815

    Here the decrease of the velocity is uniformly observable with the decrease of weight in the ball, and that in a very considerable degree, instead of increasing, which it ought to do, if the windage were the same, or the balls had the same diameter, and that in the reciprocal sub-duplicate ratio of the weight of the ball. Now that ratio is the ratio of √15⅛ to √16⅞, or of 11 to 11 7/11. Therefore as 11 ∶ 11 7/11 ∷ 1346 ∶ 1424 the velocity the least ball would have had, if its diameter had been equal to the heaviest. But its velocity was actually no more than 1225; and therefore the difference 199, or 1/7 of the whole, or 1/6 of the experimented velocity, is the velocity lost by the difference of windage; although this difference was only 1/10 of an inch, or 1/20 of the caliber, which is no more than the usual windage allowed in service. But the force, or inflamed powder, lost by the same cause, will be 2/7, or a double part of the velocity, because the velocity is as the square of the force or quantity of powder. Hence then, in charges with 4 ounces of powder, and a windage of 1/20 of the caliber, 2/7 of the charge is lost, or nearly a mean between ⅓ and ¼.

    And if the computation be made in like manner for the above charges of 8 ounces of powder, it will be found that the part of the charge lost by the same windage, will be, in the case of 8 ounces, 4/13 of the whole; which is still more than the ¼ part, though somewhat less than in the case of 4 ounces. The reason of which is, that the ball is sooner out of the gun with the 8 oz charge, and so the fluid has less time to escape in.

    Page 205

    78. Thursday, September 16, 1784.

    To try the effect of firing the charge of powder in different parts of it.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    diam wt gun pend p g n
        inches oz dr                
    1 4 1.96 16 9 347 160 88.0 4 668.3 76.50 40.27 1373
    2 4       348 161 87.8 7 669.4 76.52 40.27 1387
    3 4       353 165 88.5 6 670.6 76.54 40.27 1413
    4 4       350 161 87.5 6 671.8 76.57 40.27 1398
    5 4       346 157 87.3 5 672.9 76.59 40.27 1369
    6 4       352 159 87.2 5 674.0 76.61 40.27 1390

    The GUN was no 3; its weight 500 lb.

    The PENDULUM as left yesterday.

    The mean value of i, or point struck these 3 days, 89.03.

    Powder Recoil Mean veloc. of the ball
    wt ht gun  
    4 3.1 34.9 1388

    The cartridge of no 1, 2, and 4 was fired at the fore part; no 3 and 5 behind; and no 6 in the middle: but there does not appear to be any difference among them.

    Page 206

    79. Tuesday, September 21, 1784; from 10½ till 1½.

    The weather moderately warm.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    diam wt gun pend p g n
      oz inches oz dr     inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 4 1.97 16 12 166              
    2 4       457 132 89.7 5 683.0 76.66 40.28 1125
    3 4       451 132 91.3 4 684.1 76.68 40.28 1107
    4 4       458 136 91.5 4 685.2 76.70 40.28 1140
    5 6         157 88.9 4 686.3 76.72 40.28 1357
    6 6       613 162 91.0 4 687.5 76.74 40.28 1371
    7 6       591 153 90.1 4 688.6 76.76 40.28 1310 D
    8 6       617 162 90.2 5 689.7 76.78 40.28 1388
    9 8   16 10   163 89.6 5 690.8 76.80 40.27 1420
    10 8 1.96 16 12   168 88.6 4 691.9 76.82 40.27 1471

    The GUN was no 1, without any of the leaden weights. The gun itself now weighs only 179 lb, as it has been lightened 111 lb, by turn∣ing it down, to try if the velocity of the ball would be any less by making the gun lighter: but no difference appears, as the iron work is 205, the gun and iron together this day weigh 384 lb.

    80. The PENDULUM as left yesterday, except that it had received a strengthening strap of iron, weighing 7 lb 13½ oz, which, reduced to its center of gravity, is placed at 79 inches below the axis. With this strap it weighed this morning, before the experiments commenced, 683 lb; which is 6.2 lb less than it ought to be by adding all the balls and plugs to the first weight; of which 6.2 lb difference, about 1.6 lb is for waste of the leaden facing, and the rest 4.6 lb is probably by evapo∣ration: and as the time the pendulum has hung up is 11 days, the rate

    Page 207

    of evaporation is about 3/7 of a pound per day. The 6.2 lb loss is di∣vided equally among all the 32 experiments that have been made.

    On account of the iron strap of 7.8 lb added at 79 inches, as above, the formula last given, for the variation in the center of gravity and number of oscillations, will need correction, namely the formula

    • 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉,
    • 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉.
    Now these formulae, by making i = 79, and b = 7.8, become
    • G = 76.54 + .03 = 76.57
    • and N = 40.27 + .02 = 40.29
    And hence the corresponding radical values are nearly
    p g n
    678 76.57 40.29
    Which values, being substituted in the two general theorems, viz.
    • 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, and
    • 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, they become
    • 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉, and
    • ...〈 math 〉〈 math 〉
    • or 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 nearly: which are the new theorems hereafter to be used.

    Note, the mean value of i, for the point struck the four last days, is 88.82; which, used in these last formula, give the corrected values of g and n, as inserted in their proper columns in the table of this day's experiments.—No 7 is doubtful, and therefore omitted.

    Page 208

    The means of this day are as below:

    Powder Recoil Veloc. of
    wt ht gun the ball
    4 3.0 455 1124
    6 4.3 615 1372
    8 5.5   1445

    81. Saturday, September 25, 1784.

    This day Major Blomfield alone tried some cartridges, of 8 oz each, by firing them behind, before, and in the middle; but he found no sen∣sible difference in the velocities.

    He also discharged several low balls, weighing only 13 oz 3 dr, and having about .15 of an inch windage; and the same balls, when covered with leather, so as to fit closely in the bore: but the velocities were the same; probably owing to the fired powder quickly blowing off the leather.

    The weight of the pendulum was increased 10 or 11 lb, namely, by 8 balls and 58 inches of plugs.

    Page 209

    82. Monday, October 4, 1784; from 11 till 2.

    The weather dry, but cold and windy.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc.
    diam wt gun pend p g n ball
      oz inches oz dr     inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 4       D149              
    2 4       163              
    3 4       164              
    4 8 1.96 16 10 740 158 87.6 6 704.0 77.03 40.26 1440
    5 8     14 742 166 88.2 6 705.0 77.05 40.26 1482
    6 8     10 742 163 88.1 7 706.1 77.07 40.26 1482
    7 8     14 729 158 87.6 6 707.1 77.09 40.25 1425
    8 8     10 749 168 89.0 6 708.2 77.11 40.25 1517
    9 8     14 751 166 88.8 6 709.2 77.13 40.25 1482
    10 6     10 615 151 89.1 6 710.3 77.14 40.25 1367
    11 6     14 604 150 90.2 7 711.3 77.16 40.25 1323
    12 6     10 586 147 92.3 9 712.4 77.18 40.24 1289
    13 6     14 610 152 91.9 8 713.4 77.20 40.24 1321
    14 4     10 457 128 92.5 7 714.5 77.22 40.24 1124
    15 4     14 453 120 92.4 8 715.5 77.24 40.24 1041
    16 4     10 447 120 92.3 6 716.5 77.26 40.24 1059
    17 2     14 270 85 91.5 5 717.6 77.27 40.23 747
    18 2     10 271 85 91.2 4 718.6 77.29 40.23 762
    19 2     14 279 87 91.4 4 719.7 77.31 40.23 768
    20 4     14 459 128 92.3 5 720.7 77.33 40.23 1120

    The GUN no 1, without the leads, weighed 384 lb.

    The PENDULUM the same as left hanging since the last day.

    This day was a continuation of the experiments with the light gun, again to try if the velocity was altered. But without effect. The means as below:

    Powder's Weight 2 oz 4 oz 6 oz 8 oz
    — height 1.73 2.94 4.12 5.42
    Recoil of gun 273 454 604 742
    Velocity of ball 759 1086 1325 1472

    Page 210

    The mean weight of the balls is 16 oz 12 dr.

    The mean value of i, for the point struck, was 89.3.

    83. Tuesday, October 5, 1784; from 11 till 2.

    The weather fine and warm.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    diam wt gun pend p g n
      oz inches oz dr     inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 4       48              
    2 8 1.96 16 10 206 152 89.0 5 721.9 77.35 40.23 1404
    3 8     14 213 158 87.6 5 723.0 77.37 40.23 1463
    4 8     14 208 163 91.8 7 724.1 77.39 40.23 1443
    5 8     14 ½ 158 91.0 6 725.2 77.41 40.22 1414
    6 8     14 ¼ 152 90.7 6 726.4 77.43 40.22 1367
    7 8     13 ¼ 153 91.3 6 727.5 77.45 40.22 1374
                          mean 1411

    The GUN was no 1, with 687 lb of lead fixed to it, namely, 433½ lb about the trunnions, and 253½ lb lashed upon the upper side of the gun, close to, and before and behind the stem: these, with 384 lb for the gun and iron together, make in all 1071 lb.

    The object was again to try if the velocity of the ball would be in∣creased by diminishing the recoil of the gun. And for the severer trial, a great quantity of heavy timber was laid behind and against the cascable of the gun in the last three rounds, so as to stop the recoil intirely, which it did, excepting for about the ½ or ¼ of an inch, which the gun pushed the timber back, as expressed in the column of recoil. But the result is still the same.

    The PENDULUM the same as left hanging since yesterday.

    The mean value of i, or point struck the last 6 days, is 89.4.

    Page 211

    84. Wednesday, October 6, 1784.

    The weather clear, but windy.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    diam wt gun pend p g n
      oz inches oz dr     inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 4       62              
    2 8       144              
    3         144              
    4         148              
    5         147              
    6         155              
    7         157              
    8   1.95 16 9 272 150 88.4 9 728.7 77.46 40.22 1416
    9         268 146 88.8 7 729.8 77.48 40.22 1375
    10         279 150 88.1 5 730.9 77.49 40.22 1426
    11         279 147 88.7 7 732.0 77.51 40.21 1390
    12         273 150 87.4 6 733.2 77.52 40.21 1442
    13         282 174 D 87.4 8 693.4 76.83 40.27 1566 D
                          mean 1436

    The GUN no 1, with leads, weighed 817 lb.

    The PENDULUM as left yesterday.

    The mean value of i, or point struck, these last 7 days, 89.3.

    The object this day was the effect of cork wads, and of different de∣grees of ramming. The cork wads were near an inch long, and were made to fit very tight, being rather more than 2 inches diameter; and weighed 5 drams each.

    Page 212

    Nos 1, 2, 3, 8, 9 were without wads, 4, 5, 10, 11 with a wad gently pressed home, 6, 7, 12, 13 with a wad, and hard rammed by 2 men.

    At no 12 one of the iron bands of the pendulum broke, and fell across the measuring arch. The band weighed 41 lb, and no 13 was fired after the band was removed, and consequently 41 lb must be deducted.

    The velocities are

    1416 1396 the mean without wads
    1375 1396 the mean without wads
    1426 1408 with wads not pressed.
    1390 1408 with wads not pressed.
    1442 1442 with wads very hard rammed.
    D 1442 with wads very hard rammed.
    148 Mean recoil without ball
    275 Ditto with ball.

    No 13 is very doubtful, the vibration of the pendulum being evi∣dently too large; perhaps 174 had been set down instead of 164.

    In the above there seems to be some small advantage in favour of the wads. But I suspect the difference is only accidental; and the num∣ber of experiments is too small to afford any tolerably good mediums.

    Page 213

    85. Monday, October 11, 1784; from 11 to 2.

    The weather cold and cloudy.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    diam wt gun pend p g n
      oz inches oz dr     inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 4       63              
    2 8       143              
    3   1.95 16 9   141 87.4 10 733.5 77.52 40.21 1357
    4       9 285 160 85.9 9 734.9 77.54   1569 D
    5       8 275 150 86.8 7 736.4 77.56   1465
    6       8 267 149 86.1 8 737.8 77.58   1470
    7       8 268 145 86.2 8 739.3 77.60   1433
    8       8 264 146 87.0 9 740.7 77.62   1432
    9       8 274 147 85.4 6 742.2 77.64   1472
    10       8 272 148 86.5 7 743.6 77.66   1467
    11       5 267 142 85.9 5 745.1 77.68   1436
    12       5 261 137 86.5 9 746.5 77.70   1379
    13       5 263 137 85.9 7 748.0 77.72   1392
    14       5 269 143 85.7 6 749.4 77.74   1459
                          mean 1444

    The GUN no 1, weighed 817 lb.

    The PENDULUM had had its band repaired, which did not how∣ever alter its weight. The whole weighed this morning 733½ lb. Now the weight of the balls and plugs in the last 5 days is 62 lb, which, being added to 683 lb, the weight of the pendulum on September 21, it makes 745 lb, which is 11½ lb more than it weighed this morning. For this defect I know of no cause but evaporation: for in this time there was no waste of leaden facing, as the other end of the block was used, which was not covered with lead. The time in which this 11½ lb was lost is 20 days, which is nearly at the rate of ½ a pound each day. This defect is therefore divided equally among all the days.

    Page 214

    The mean value of i, for the point struck these 8 days, is 88.8.

    The object this day was again the effect of cork wads, and different degrees of ramming.

      Ht. of Powder Mean Veloc.
    Nos 2, 9 were without wads 5.85 1472
    3, 5, 7 with wads, not rammed 5.87 1418
    6, 8 a wad, and very hard rammed 4.40 1451
    10, 11, 12 a wad, and moderately rammed 5.20 1427
    13, 14 2 wads over powder and 1 over ball, and very hard rammed 4.45 1426
    Mean of all 5.15 1444
      Wt. of ball Mean Veloc.
    Nos 3, 4 16 9 1463
    5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 16 8 1456
    11, 12, 13, 14 16 5 1417
    Mean of all 16 7 1444

    In this course the wads have no perceptible effect.

    Page 215

    86. Tuesday, October 12, 1784; from 11 till 1.

    The weather fine and clear.
    No Powder Ball's Vibration of Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball
    diam wt gun pend p g n
      oz inches oz dr     inches inch lb inches   feet
    1 8       123              
    2 16 1.96 16 11   208 87.1 9 750.9 77.76 40.21 2047
    3 16       425 219 86.0 9 752.3 77.78 40.21 2187
    4 16       409 200 85.6 10 753.8 77.79 40.20 2011
    5 16         152 87.1 7 755.2 77.81 40.20 1505 D
    6 16       389 197 85.4 11 756.7 77.83 40.20 1994
    7 16       412 204 85.7 8 758.1 77.85 40.20 2062
    8 16       408 203 85.5 8 759.5 77.86 40.20 2061
                          mean 2060

    The GUN no 4, weighed 928 lb.

    The PENDULUM as left yesterday. But it was quite broken and useless at the end of these experiments.

    The mean value of i, or point struck these 9 days, 88.6.

    The object this day was the effect of firing the charge in different parts, either before, or behind, or in the middle: for which the means are as below:

      Mean Veloc.
    Nos 2, 6 fired before 2020
    3, 7 in the middle 2124
    4, 8 behind 2036
    Mean of all 2060
    Mean recoil of gun 409
    No 5 is omitted as doubtful.  

    The end of Experiments in 1784.

    Page 216

    EXPERIMENTS IN 1785.

    87. SEVERAL of the experiments of the two former years being not so regular as might be wished, we have again under∣taken to repeat some of them, and to add still more to the stock already obtained, that the mediums upon the whole may be tolerably exact, the great number of repetitions counteracting the unavoidable small irregu∣larities, and deviations from the truth, in experiments instituted upon so large a scale. For this purpose we begin with the gun no 2, and use charges of 8 ounces of powder; and have formed the resolution of firing every shot into a fresh and sound part of the block of wood, and changing the block very frequently, before it become too much bat∣tered, that the penetration of the ball and the force of the blow may be obtained with the greater degree of accuracy.

    It is also proposed to procure some good ranges, to compare them with the initial velocities made under the same circumstances; from the comparison of which we may estimate the effects of the resistance of the air, and so lay a foundation for a new theory of gunnery. It is rather difficult to obtain with accuracy such long ranges as our initial velocities would produce, being from 1 mile to 2 miles, when the projection is made at an angle of 45 degrees; for in such long ranges our small balls cannot be seen, when they fall to the ground. We were obliged therefore to have recourse to the water, in which the fall of the ball can be much better perceived; because the plunge of the ball in the water, breaking the surface and throwing it up, makes the place visible at a great distance. But then another difficulty occurs, how to obtain exactly the distance of the fall, or length of the range, as the mark

    Page 217

    made in the surface of the water is visible but for a moment. This difficulty however, our situation at Woolwich, close by the river Thames, enabled us to overcome, as well as afforded us a good length of range. For at our situation in the Warren, the river makes a re∣markable turn, and forms below us the part called the Gallions Reach, a map of which is here given in plate IV. In this map, A denotes the point where the guns were placed, being the Convicts' Wharf, which is so called because it is there that the convicts, or felons condemned to work on the river Thames, land their gravel, and upon which they usually labour. From this point we have a convenient range of about a mile and a half towards B, in the county of Essex, where there is a private or merchant's powder magazine. The buildings near C consist of the academy and a noble range of store-houses; and from this point we should have had a still longer and more convenient range, had not our view from hence been interrupted by four large hulks, which lie, for the use of the convicts, in the river opposite the part between this point and the point A. Having found this convenient situation for our operations, we made an exact survey and map of the two sides of the river, both ways beyond the extent of the ranges; and fixed on con∣venient stations at D and E on the south side, and F and G on the north side of the river, to place two parties of observers, who might mark the place where each ball should fall in the water, as well as note down the time employed by the ball in flying through the air, from the visible discharge of the gun to the plunge of the ball in the water. The method of determining the place of the fall was this: Two parties of observers, consisting of three or four steady and intelligent young gentlemen in each party, having taken their stands at D and F, or E and G, according to the expected length of the range, carefully watched the discharge of every ball from the gun at A; then tracing it, as it were, through the air by the loud whizzing noise it made in its slight, their eye was prepared and directed gradually towards the place of the fall, which they seldom missed of observing. Then immediately

    Page 218

    on perceiving the plunge, some of them noted the time of flight, by a good stop watch, while others observed some remarkable land object on the opposite coast, and directly in a line with the place in the water where the ball fell. This done, they directed the telescope or sights of an instrument, such as a theodolite or plain table, to that object, and noted the position of it. This being done by each party of observers, and the line of position from each station drawn on the plan, afterwards at leisure, the intersection of those lines gave very exactly the place of the fall, and consequently its distance from the gun. In this manner then were determined all the ranges and times of flight registered in the following experiments; those places being left blank where the ob∣servation was either doubtful, or not made at all. The times of flight were also sometimes observed at the gun itself, where the plunge of the ball could often be perceived.

    In this map of the river in plate IV, the dotted line on each side of the river denotes low-water mark; the first black line next without it denotes high-water mark; and the other, or outermost line, is the land bank which has been raised in former ages, from Greenwich for many miles below, and with immense labour, to prevent the waters of the river from overflowing the adjacent fields, which it would do every tide, as they lie low and are otherwise very marshy.

    88. Wednesday, August 31, 1785.

    EMPLOYED this day in making part of the survey by the side of the river, for forming the map, and fixing the stations proper for the parties of observers to occupy, in watching the fall of the balls in the river; and for other purposes.

    Page 219

    We weighed and measured the pendulum, which had been prepared in a very complete manner, and with stronger bands than before. It weighed just 795 lb. And, by a mean of several times balancing and vibrating, we found 78⅓ inches to be the distance of the center of gravity below the axis, and 40.07 the number of oscillations per minute.

    After executing part of the survey by the side of the river, we fired a few balls upon the water, from the Convicts' or Proof Wharf, to try whereabouts they will fall, and thereby to judge of the proper places for the observers to be stationed at. The gun was no 2, with 8 ounces of powder, and was tried at different elevations. When the gun was elevated at 45 degrees, the balls ranged much too far, going beyond the stretch of the river, and falling on the coast of Essex below the point B. But at 15 degrees elevation, the balls ranged to a very convenient distance, namely, a little more than a mile. And their fall in the water could be very well seen from the side of the river nearly opposite the place of the fall, and sometimes from the gun itself.

    Upon this occasion I took out with me, and employed the first class of Gentlemen Cadets belonging to the Royal Military Academy, namely, Messieurs Bartlett, Rowley, De Butts, Bryce, Wm. Fenwick, Pilkington, Edridge, and Watkins, who have gone through the science of fluxions, and have applied it to several important considerations in natural philosophy. Those gentlemen I have voluntarily offered and undertaken to introduce to the practice of these interesting experiments, with the application of the theory of them, which they have before studied under my care. For, although it be not my academy duty, I am desirous of doing this for their benefit, and as much as possible to assist the eager and diligent studies of so learned and amiable a class of young gentle∣men; who, as well as the whole body of students now in the upper academy, form the best set of young men I ever knew in my life; nay, I did not think it even possible, in our state of society in this country, for such a number of gentlemen to exist together in the constant daily

    Page 220

    habits of so much regularity and good manners; their behaviour being indeed perfectly exemplary, and the pure effect of true philosophical principles, arising from a rational conviction of the propriety of a regu∣lar good conduct, which is such as would do honour to the purest and most perfect state of society that ever existed in the world: and I have no hesitation in predicting the great honour, and future services, which will doubtless be rendered to the state by such eminent instances of virtue and abilities.

    89. Thursday, September 1, 1785.

    WENT out again with the same class of eight young gentlemen, to complete the survey of the river side. The weather changed to rain after we were out, which continued the whole time, and to such a de∣gree as to wet us intirely through all our clothes. Yet every one went through the business, not only willingly, but even chearfully.

    Page 221

    90. Friday, September 2, 1785; from 9 till 3.

    The weather rather windy and cloudy.

    Barometer 29.8; Thermometer within 66°.

    Went with Major Blomfield and the same class of cadets, and made the following set of fourteen experiments, the first 8 balls being fired into the pendulum, and the other 6 down the river, to get the corresponding ranges.

    No Powder Ball's Vibr. pend Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball Pene∣tration
    wt diam p g n
      oz oz dr inches   inches inch lb inches   feet inches
    1 8 16 13 1.965 128 81.0 10 795.0 78.33 40.07 1438 18.0
    2         139 85.7 9 796.6 35 07 1479 19.9
    3         141 90.3 11 798.3 38 07 1428  
    4         146 92.7 12 800.0 40 07 1444 16.7
    5         163 96.2 12 801.6 43 06 1557 20.3
    6         171 94.0 10 803.2 45 06 1675 20.7
    7         149 89.1 13 804.8 47 06 1543 16.4
    8         144 91.5 11 806.4 50 06 1457 16.6
              Time sec Range feet     means 1503 18.9
    9         14 6110            
    10           6060            
    11           not            
    12           seen            
    13           5760            
    14           5735            
    mean 5916            

    The GUN was no 2. It was not hung on an axis, as in the two former years, but mounted on a small carronade carriage, made for the

    Page 222

    purpose, both in the last 6 rounds, which were fired down the river, and in the first 8 rounds, which were fired into the new pendulum, at the same distance as formerly, or about 35 feet, and each ball into a fresh part of the wood, both to obtain the force of the blow the more accu∣rately, and to take the penetration of the ball in the solid wood, which we did every time by pushing in a wire to touch the hinder part of the ball: these penetrations are various, according as the part struck was more or less compact, and they are rather larger than was expected, the medium of all being 18 4/10, although the block of elm, as the carpen∣ters assured us, was sound, dry, and well-seasoned wood. The penetra∣tions are set down in the last column, and are for the fore part of the balls, the diameter having been always added to the length of the wire.

    The POWDER was not of the same parcel as the two former years; but it was from the same maker, and made as nearly similar to the former as might be. The charges were gently set home, and all circumstances made alike. The mean length of the charge of 8 oz was 4.84.

    The PENDULUM had been kept close covered with a painted canvas cloth since the first day that it was weighed and measured, to preserve it from the weather. The plugs weighed 9 ounces to every 11 inches in length; the whole weight of all the plugs, together with that of the 8 balls, make up 13 lb, wanting only an ounce and a half; and when the pendulum was taken down and weighed this afternoon, its weight was found to be 808 lb, which is just 13 lb more than its weight at first. So that it has neither lost weight by evaporation, nor gained by imbibing moisture: owing, probably, to the circumstance of being covered by the painted canvas.—All the apparatus was in good order, and the experiments all very accurately made.

    At the beginning of these experiments, the values of p, g, n, being p = 795, g = 78⅓, n = 40.07; if these values be substituted in the two theorems

    Page 223

    〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 for the correction of g and n, they become 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 or 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 nearly. And by these theorems the numbers in the columns g and n are made out, the mean value of i, or point struck, being 90.1.

    The last 6 rounds were fired down the river from the Convicts' or Proof Wharf at A, and the place of the fall observed by two parties of the cadets, stationed at D and E. The gun had 15 degrees elevation. The fall of the first only could be seen at the gun, where the time of flight was observed by a stop watch, and found to be 14 seconds. The two parties of observers at D and E had no time-piece with them, so that the other times of flight could not be observed. The medium range is 5916 feet or 1972 yards. The last two balls went close over the heads, and fell just beyond, the lower party of observers, at E; yet not∣withstanding their imminent danger, they gallantly resolved to keep their ground, if any more rounds should be fired, not knowing imme∣diately that we intended not firing any more at that time. These two rounds were probably deslected thus a little from their course by the usual causes of deviation. And perhaps the two former rounds had been still farther deflected, and thrown on the land, as the observers saw nothing of them. But the gun was pointed in a direction rather nearer this south side of the river.

    Page 224

    91. Thursday, September 8, 1785; from 12 to 3.

    The weather close and warm, rather hazy. Barometer 30.02; Thermometer 65° within, but warmer without.
    No Powder Ball's Time Range Whereabouts the Balls fell
    wt diam      
      oz oz dr inches sec feet  
    1 8 16 12 1.96 14 6460 Near the middle of the river
    2           6080 Near the north side
    3              
    4         15 6040 Ditto
    5         15½ 6540 Ditto
    6         15 6460 Near the middle
    7         14 5720 On the south bank, and within 40
    means 14.7 6216 yards of the lower station E

    These 7 rounds were fired down the river from the same place as before; the elevation of the gun being 15 degrees, and all other circum∣stances the same as before. The gun was pointed nearly to the middle of the river; yet the balls fell mostly wide of the direction, and that both ways, some falling near one side of the river, and some near the other, though there was not the least wind. The times of flight were taken with a stop watch, at the lower station of observers at E, by noting the time between seeing the flash of the gun and the plunge of the ball in the water. They run from 14 to 15½ seconds, and accord very well with the ranges, the larger to the larger: the medium is 14.7 seconds; and the medium range 6216 feet, or 2072 yards. No 3 was not seen. The mean length of charge 4.8 inches.

    The same parties of young gentlemen kept their station very gallantly, and make no hesitation in offering to attend and observe there for the remainder of the experiments, although some of the balls this day again fell near them, and one indeed within 40 yards of them.

    Page 225

    92. Friday, September 9, 1785; fromtill 1.

    The weather very fine and warm. Barometer 29.93; Thermometer, within, 66°.
    No Powder Ball's Vibrat. pend Point struck Plugs Values of Veloc. ball Penetr.
    wt diam p g n
      oz oz dr inches   inches   lb inches   feet inches
    1 4 16 12 1.96 99 79.0 9 805.3 78.48 40.06 1162 16.7
    2         107 82.3 10 806.7 49 06 1208 16.4
    3         114 87.1 10 808.1 50 07 1218 16.7
    4         115 87.3 9 809.6 51 07 1228  
    mediums 1204 16.6

    We fired these 4 rounds into the same pendulum as we left hanging on September 2, which had been kept under cover since that time. After these 4 rounds, it weighed 811 lb, which is 2¾ lb less than it ought to be when the weight of the 4 balls and plugs are added to its former weight, and which 2¾ lb it must be supposed to have lost by evaporation in the course of the 7 days, which was mostly dry, warm weather.

    The plugs weighed 9 oz to 14½ inches.

    Mean length of the charge 3.0.

    We could not venture to fire down the river this day, on account of the great number of ships that were upon it.

    Page 226

    93. Saturday, September 10, 1785; from 12 till 2.

    Fine dry weather. Barometer 29.8; Thermometer 66°.
    No Powder Ball's Penetr. Recoil
    wt diam    
      oz oz dr inches inches inches
    1 2 16 10 1.96 6.1 2.5
    2 4       12.2 7.0
    3 8       20.8 15.8
    4 2       6.7 3.0
    5 4       14.4 9.0
    6 8       23.0 17.5
    7 2 16 12   7.8 2.5
    8 4       14.0 7.5
    9 8       20.7  

    These 9 balls were fired into the root end of a block of elm, laid upon the ground, to obtain the penetration with different charges, each ball being fired into a fresh and sound part of the wood, and in the di∣rection of the fibres. The wood was moist within, as we discovered by boring out the balls; but it was hard and firm of its kind, being in the root, or the root end after the body of the tree was sawed off from it. The penetrations are for the fore part of the ball, as usual.

    The gun was no 2, and mounted, as in all the experiments of this year, on a small sea gun carriage, without trucks, but fixed on a base like a mortar bed, and slid along the ground or platform in recoiling.

    The muzzle was placed at 79 inches from the face of the block. The mean penetrations and recoils are as follows:

    Page 227

    Powder Penetr. Recoil
    2 oz 6.9 2.7
    4 13.5 7.8
    8 21.2 16.7

    So that the penetrations are nearly 7, 14, 21, or nearly as 1, 2, 3, or as the logarithms of the weights of powder.

    94. Wednesday, September 14, 1785; from 10 till 12½.

    A fine warm day. Barometer 30.5; Thermometer, within, 67°.
    No Powder Ball's Time Range
    wt diam    
      oz oz dr inches seconds feet
    1 4 16 12 1.96    
    2            
    3         10 4730
    4         4030
    5         8 4450
    6           4380
    7            
    8            
          mediums 8.4 4398

    These 8 rounds were fired down the river as before. The gun no 2, and elevation 15 degrees, as usual. One party of the young gentlemen was stationed at D as before, but the other on the north side of the river at Deval's house at F. This last party saw only one ball plunge, and the first party saw four; which however proved sufficient for determin∣ing their ranges, because they all fell near the middle of the river, a circumstance which we also at the gun could sometimes perceive.

    Page 228

    The mean time of flight is about 8½ seconds, and the mean range 4398 feet, or 1466 yards.

    95. Saturday, September 17, 1785.

    No Powder Ball's Penetr.
    wt diam  
      oz oz dr inches inches
    1 12 16 12 1.96 22.0
    2 14       23.6
    3 16       24.0
    4 10 16 14 1.97 22.3
    5 8       18.1

    These 5 balls were fired into the same block of elm root as on the 10th instant, to get a greater variety of penetrations.

    96. Tuesday, September 27, 1785.

    No Powder Ball's Penetr. Part of the Charge fired at
    wt diam    
      oz oz dr      
    1 8 17 0   20.5 Back part
    2         20.6 Back part
    3         21.6 Middle
    4         20.5 Middle
    5         11.0 Fore part
    6         17.3 Fore part

    These 6 also were fired, from the same gun, into the same block, to try the difference by firing the cartridge either behind, or before, or in the middle.—There must be some mistake in the numbers in the last two rounds, which cannot possibly differ so much from the other numbers.

    Page 229

    97. Wednesday, September 28, 1785.

    A fine clear day. Barometer 30.35; Thermometer 60.
    No Powder Ball's Elevation Time Range
    wt diam      
      oz oz dr inches degrees seconds feet
    1 4 16 10 1.97 15   5180
    2 4         4370
    3 4            
    4 4 16 7     4020
    5 2       45   5120
    6 2         21½ 5300
    7 2         21 5200
    8 2           4120
    9 4 16 11 1.95 15    
    10 4         13½ 5770
    11 2 16 7 1.97 45 23 5600
    12 2 16 10        

    These 12 rounds were fired down the river; the gun, stations, parties of cadets, &c. as before. The fall of those balls was not seen whose range is not set down. With 2 oz of powder the gun was elevated 45 degrees, but with 4 oz only 15 degrees, as before. The mediums are as below.

    Powder Elev. Time Range
    2 oz 45° 22″ 5068
    4 15 4523
    Rejecting no 10, as very doubtful; a mistake most likely having been made in the weight of the powder.

    Page 230

    98. Thursday, September 29, 1785.

    A fine clear day. Barometer 30.35; Thermometer 60.
    No Powder Ball's Elevation Time Range
    wt diam      
      oz oz dr inches degrees seconds feet
    1 2 16 12 1.95 45 20 5120
    2           19 4730
    3           20½ 5370
    4           20 5120
    5           22½ 5510
    6           20 5050
    7 12       15 17 7120
    8           10 D 4860 D
    9           9 D 4880 D
    10           14 6660
    11             5500
    12             7520

    These 12 rounds were fired on the river, and observed as before. No• 8 and 9 are very doubtful: the means of the rest are as below.

    Powder Elevation Time Range
    2 oz 45° 20⅓ 5150
    12 15 15½ 6700

    99. The same day the following 6 rounds were fired into the block of elm root, to try the penetrations with and without wads; the first 4

    Page 231

    being with a wad over the powder, and hard rammed; the other two without.

    No Powder Ball's Penetration  
    wt diam    
      oz oz dr inches inches  
    1 8 15 12 1.95 16.1 With wads
    2         21.4 With wads
    3         20.6 With wads
    4         19.8 With wads
    5         19.8 Without wads
    6         21.0 Without wads

    100. Tuesday, October 4, 1785.

    Fine morning, but turned to rain about noon. Barometer 29.93.
    No Powder Ball's Time Range
    wt diam    
      oz oz dr inches seconds feet
    1 8 15 3 1.96   6330
    2           5770
    3            
    4         4800
    5           4880
            medium 5600

    These 5 rounds were fired on the river, and observed as before.

    The GUN was no 3, and its elevation 15 degrees.

    The balls were not good ones, and the ranges very irregular; and the medium 5600 feet, or 1867 yards, too low; perhaps owing to the light∣ness of the balls.

    Page 232

    101. Tuesday, October 11, 1785.

    The weather fine. Barometer 29.88; Thermometer 60.
    No Powder Ball's Time Range
    wt diam    
      oz oz dr inches seconds feet
    1 8 15 12 1.96   5580
    2            
    3         10¼ 5270
    4           5990
    5         9 4910
    6         11 5750
    7         6140
    8         11 5700
          means 10 1/7 5620

    These 8 were fired in the river, and observed as before.

    The GUN was no 3, and was elevated 15 degrees.

    The ranges are again low, probably from the lightness of the balls.

    The usual causes of deflection carried three of the balls, namely, the 1st, 7th, and 8th, very near the south station at E; and then fell almost close to the party there. In general it was observed that the balls de∣viate from their line of direction, or middle line of the river, to each side, by half the breadth of the river, or from 300 to 400 yards!

    The end of Experiments in 1785.

    Page 233

    EXPERIMENT IN 1786.
    102. Monday, June 12, 1786; from 10 till 1.

    Fine weather. Barometer 29.89; Thermometer 63° at 9 A. M.
    No Powder Ball's Elevat gun Time flt Range
    diam wt
      oz inches oz dr degrees    
    1 2 1.96 16 6 15    
    2   1.96   6   14 D 5000 D
    3   1.96   6     5040 D
    4   1.96   6   8 3920
    5   1.97   7   3560
    6   1.96   5   3910
    7   1.96   5   10½ 4450
    8   1.96   5   4280
    9   1.95   5   3910
    10   1.96   4   15 D 5600 D
    11   1.96   4   3910
    12   1.96   4   11½ 4750
    13   1.96   4   4270
    14   1.96   4   10 4230
    15   1.96   4   4000
    16   1.95   3     4960 D
    17   1.95   9   4420
    18 4 1.95   3     4840
    19 4 1.96   3   11½ 4690
    20 4 1.96   2   10½ 5650
    medi∣ums 2 1.959 16 5 15 4130
    medi∣ums 4 1.957 16 2⅔ 15 11 5060

    The GUN was no 2.

    Page 234

    The ranges were taken from observations, as before, at Duval's house, and the first gibbet. The first 17 rounds were fired this year, with 2 ounces of powder, to complete the series of ranges at 15 degrees eleva∣tion of the gun; and the last three rounds, with 4 ounces, to try if the powder was of the same strength as before: and which, by comparing these three ranges with those of last year, appears to be now somewhat stronger. So that these ranges and times, it may be presumed, are too great in respect of those of last year. They are also evidently very irregular; owing perhaps to the inequalities of the balls, which were only the remaining outcasts from the whole stock we first began with, having been rejected either from their lightness, or from the irregulari∣ties of their surfaces. And sometimes indeed the ranges and times, here set down, were not very accurately obtained. The mediums of all, except those marked doubtful, are placed at the bottom.

    Page 235

    A SUMMARY OF THE EXPERIMENTS: WITH PHILOSOPHICAL REMARKS AND DEDUCTIONS.

    103. WE have now got through this long three-years course of experiments; and have detailed them in so minute and circumstantial a manner, as to enable every person fully to comprehend and make his own use of them; without subjecting him to the dissatis∣faction of having mediums and results forced upon him, unaccompanied with the fair and regular means of assuring himself both of their justice and propriety. We are now therefore to make some use of these experiments, by pointing out the philosophical laws and deductions that flow from them, and making such other remarks as may be suggested by the va∣rious circumstances of them, or that may be useful for improving or farther extending experiments attended with such important consequences in natural philosophy. And for these beneficial purposes, it will first be necessary to bring the mediums and results together into an abstract, or one comprehensive point of view; to form as it were the sure and regular foundation for the future structure we hope to be able to raise upon them.

    OF THE LENGTH OF THE CHARGE.

    104. AND first we shall deduce the lengths or heights of the charge of powder, for every two ounces in weight; or the part of the bore of the gun which every charge occupies: a thing very necessary both to shew the part of the bore, occupied by the charge, corresponding to the greatest or any other velocity of the ball, as also to compute a priori,

    Page 236

    from theory, the velocity due to every charge of powder. Now the length of the charge was taken at every experiment, by means of the divisions of inches and tenths marked on the rammer, and the mediums of most of them are specified for each day in the preceding account of the experiments; and those mediums of each day are here in the follow∣ing table collected and ranged in columns, each under its respective weight at top, extending from 2 to 20 ounces:

    2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
    1.7 3.2 4.6 5.9 6.93 8.4 9.8 10.6 12.3 13.2
    1.7 3.2 4.4 5.9 6.97 8.2 9.27 11.0 12.15 13.3
    2.1 3.3 4.5 6.1 6.9 8.3 9.55 11.2   13.2
    1.8 3.23 4.43 6.2 6.97 8.23 9.4 11.4    
    1.8 3.33 4.2 5.67 7.0 8.3 9.53 10.9    
    1.7 3.24 4.5 6.0   8.37   11.0    
    1.7 3.2 4.44 5.7   8.07   10.8    
    1.87 3.2 4.4 5.72       11.13    
    1.9 3.1 4.37 5.6       11.38    
    1.85 3.17 4.27 5.63       11.26    
    1.9 2.9 4.28 5.65       11.1    
    1.8 3.4 4.12 5.6       10.6    
    1.9 3.13   5.6       10.97    
    1.9 3.1   5.83       10.87    
    1.83 3.08   5.7       10.85    
    1.73 3.4   5.77       10.79    
      3.1   5.88            
      3.0   5.45            
      2.95   5.4            
      3.0   5.74            
      3.1   5.85            
      3.1   5.4            
      3.03   4.84            
          4.8            
    1.82 3.15 4.38 5.66 6.95 8.27 9.51 10.99 12.22 13.23
    and in the lowest line are set down the means among all the former means, or numbers in each column, the numbers in which last line of

    Page 237

    means are found by adding into one sum the numbers in each column, and dividing that sum by the number of those parts. And thus we have obtained the mediums of the mediums for each day, which must be very near the truth. But to find how near they are to the truth, and to correct them, let these be collected and ranged as in the second column of the following table of the heights of charges, or column of irregular

    Wt Irregular Regular
    oz means diffs diffs means
    2 1.82 1.33 1.27 1.85
    4 3.15 1.23 1.27 3.12
    6 4.38 1.28 1.27 4.39
    8 5.66 1.29 1.27 5.66
    10 6.95 1.32 1.27 6.93
    12 8.27 1.24 1.27 8.20
    14 9.51 1.48 1.27 9.47
    16 10.99 1.23 1.27 10.74
    18 12.22 1.01 1.27 12.01
    20 13.23     13.28
    means. Then take the differences between each of these, and place them in the 3d column, or irregular differences; which would have been all equal if the mediums had been regular. Find then a medium among these unequal differences, by dividing their sum by the number of them, and it will be found to be 1.27, which set in the 4th column of regular or equal differences. Then, as the numbers in the 3d column, the nearest to this mean 1.27, are the differences between 6, 8, and 10 ounces, by supposing 5.66 to be the true length of the 8 ounce charge, I form all the others from it, by adding and subtracting continually the mean or common difference 1.27, and place them in the last column; which will therefore consist of the true regular length of each charge, including both the powder and the neck of the flannel bag which con∣tained it.

    How much of each space was really occupied by the neck of the bag, may be thus sound: the first number 1.85 is the length of the

    Page 238

    charge of 2 ounces, including the neck; and the common difference 1.27 is the real length of 2 ounces of powder in the bore; therefore, subtracting this number from the former, the remainder 0.58 is the mean length of the bore which was occupied by the neck of the bag in every charge. And, therefore, taking this number from each of those in the last column, the remainders will shew the real length of bore occupied by the powder alone in each of the charges.

    OF THE RECOIL WITHOUT BALLS.

    105. NEXT let us consider the quantity of recoil, or extent of the vibration of each gun, for every charge of powder; and first without balls. Now as these recoils were measured sometimes to one radius, and sometimes to another, it will be proper to reduce them all to a common radius, as well as to a common weight of gun when it happens to vary in weight. In the first year's experiments, the radius was various, and the chords of recoil were always taken in inches; but in those of the second and third years, the radius was constantly 10 feet, or 120 inches, which was divided into 1000 equal parts, and the chords of vibration measured in thousandth parts of the radius, each part being 12/100 of an inch. It will therefore be convenient to reduce the recoils of the first year, to the same radius and parts as those of the other two years: which may be done as follows: Let r = any radius of the first year in inches, and c = a corresponding chord of recoil taken in inches and parts.

    Then r ∶ 120 ∷ c ∶ 120c/r the chord corresponding to the ra∣dius 120, and measured in inches; and 120 ∶ 1000 ∷ 120c/r ∶ 1000c/r the same chord as expressed in thousandth parts of 120 inches.

    Hence then, to reduce any chord of recoil, in the first year, multiply it by 1000, and divide the product by its own radius in inches; so shall

    Page 239

    the quotient be the corresponding chord answering to the radius 120 inches, and expressed in thousandth parts of that radius.

    106. By the foregoing rule then having reduced all the chords of recoil to the radius 10 feet, and denoted them in thousandth parts of that radius; the mediums of every day's experiments, collected and arranged, will be as below.

    Table of Recoils without Balls.
    Charge of Powder, oz 2 4 6 8 12 16
        22 53 85 113 176 221
        21 53   119 165 215
        21 55   116   220
    GUN no 1   23 54   110    
        23 55   108    
        22     128    
        22     127    
      mediums 22 54 85 117 171 219
        23 52   123   236
        23 56   118   240
    GUN no 2   24     124    
        23     124    
        24          
      mediums 23 54   122   238
        22 57 93 123   247
        23 59   125   250
        23 58   125   259
        23 56       252
    GUN no 3   23          
        23          
        24          
        25          
      mediums 23 57½ 93 125   252
        25 58   127   280
    GUN no 4   24 58   131   255
    GUN no 4   26 56       261
        24 59        
      mediums 25 58   129   265

    Page 240

    Some of these mediums have not the greatest degree of exactness that they are capable of, for want of a sufficient number of repetitions, or numbers to take the mediums of. However, by a very small and obvious correction, the more accurate mediums, for the most usual charges of 2, 4, 8, and 16 ounces of powder, may be fairly stated as follows:

    Gun Center of gravity Vibrat. Length of bore Powder
            2 oz 4 oz 8 oz 16 oz
    no inches   inches Recoils without Balls
    1 80.47 40.1 28.2 22 53 117 220
    2 80.47 40.0 38.1 23 55 121 237
    3 80.50 39.9 57.4 24 57 125 252
    4 80.44 39.8 79.9 25 59 129 265

    The recoils being estimated in parts of which the radius is 1000 : and the common weight of the gun, with its frame and leaden weights, being 917 lb; also the distance of the center of gravity below the axis, and the number of vibrations per minute, as set down in the 2d and 3d columns of the tablet above.

    107. From the view and consideration of these numbers, various ob∣servations easily arise. As first, that, by observing the four columns, or vertical rows, it appears that the recoil of the gun, and consequently the force of the powder upon it, always increases as the length of the gun increases, and that in a manner tolerably regular as far as the charge of 8 ounces; but after that, the increase is faster: thus, between the shortest bore of 28 inches long, and the longest of 80 inches, the increase in the velocity of recoil with 2 ounces of powder is from 22 to 25, or about the ⅛ part; with 4 ounces of powder, it is from 53 to 59, or the 1/9 part; and with 8 ounces of powder, it is from 117 to 129, or the 1/10 part; but with 16 ounces of powder, the increase is from 220 to 265, or the ⅕ part. And this increase of recoil is chiefly,

    Page 241

    if not intirely, to be ascribed to the longer time the fluid of the inflamed powder acts upon the gun, in passing through the greater length of bore; at least as far as to the charge of 8 ounces: but the extraordinary increase in the case of 16 ounces, seems to be partly owing to that, and partly to some of the powder, in this high charge, being blown out unfired from the short gun. And from this circumstance I would infer, that the whole of the charge of 8 ounces, without ball, is fired before it issues from the mouth of the short gun, that is before the fluid expands through a space of 22½ inches of bore. And hence, if the velocity of the fluid were known, we could assign the time within which all the powder is fired. If, for instance, the mean velocity of the fluid were only 5000 feet in a second, though it is probably much more, the time would be only about the 250th part of a second in which the 8 ounces would be all inflamed.

    The foregoing are the rates of increase in the chord of recoil, or in the velocity of the gun, which is proportional to it. It must be re∣marked however that the increase in the force of the powder will be about double of that of the recoil, because the force is as the square of the velocity: so that, from the shortest gun to the longest, the increase in the force of the powder with 2, 4, or 8 ounces, is about ¼, or from 4 to 5; and with 16 ounces of powder, the force is almost as 2 to 3, or the increase almost one half of the less force.

    108. Again, if we contemplate the numbers on each horizontal line, that is, the recoils of each gun separately, with the several charges of 2, 4, 8, and 16 ounces of powder, we shall find that, in each of them, the recoil increases from the beginning, to a certain part, in a greater ratio than the constant ratio, 2 to 1, of the powder increases; and after∣wards in a less ratio than that of the powder. That the ratio of the recoils, in every gun, is greatest at first, or with the least charges of powder: that the ratio continually decreases as the charge increases: that the ratio, at first, is greatest with the shortest gun, and so gradually

    Page 242

    less and less all the way to the longest: but that, however, the ratio in the shorter guns decrease faster than in the longer; and so as to come sooner to the ratio of 2 to 1 in the shorter guns than in the longer; and after that, the ratios in the short guns, with the same charge, are less than in the long ones. All these properties will perhaps appear still plainer by arranging together the several ratios for each no of gun, as here below:

      Ratios for the Gun
    Powder no 1 no 2 no 3 no 4
    2 2.41 2.39 2.37½ 2.36
    4 2.21 2.20 2.19 2.18
    8 1.88 1.96 2.02 2.06
    16        
    means 2.17 2.18 2.19 2.20
    where each column of ratios is found by dividing the recoils successively by each other, from the beginning, namely, the recoil of 4 oz by that of 2, the recoil of 8 oz by that of 4, and the recoil of 16oz by that of 8. Also the first and second lines rather decrease, but the 3d rather in∣creases, and the last, or that of means, also rather increases.

    And if we divide the first ratios, in the last table but one, successively by each other, the 2d by the 1st, and the 3d by the 2d; and then again these last ratios or quotients by each other; and so on; we shall obtain the several orders of ratios for each gun, as follows, observing uniform laws:

    No 1 No 2 No 3 No 4
    22       23       24       25      
      2.41       2.39       2.37½       2.36    
    53   .917   55   .920   57   .922   59   .924  
      2.21   .93   2.20   .97   2.19   .100   2.18   1.02
    117   .850   121   .891   125   .922   129   .945  
      1.88       1.96       2.02       2.06    
    220       237       252       265      
    where the first column, of each no or gun, contains the recoils with

    Page 243

    2, 4, 8, 16 ounces of powder; the 2d the first ratios, or the ratios of the recoils; the 3d contains the 2d ratios, or the ratios of the first ratios; and the last column contains the 3d ratios, or the ratios of the 2d ratios.

    Or, perhaps, for some purposes it will serve better to set the same table in the following form, where the vertical columns are changed into horizontal lines:

    No 1 No 2 No 3 No 4
    22 53 117 220 23 55 121 237 24 57 125 252 25 59 129 265
    2.41 2.21 1.89   2.39 2.20 1.96   2.37½ 2.19 2.02   2.36 2.18 2.06  
    .917 .850     .920 .891     .922 .922     .924 .945    
    .93       .97       1.00       1.02      

    Page 244

    OF THE RECOIL WITH BALLS.

    109. BY collecting now the mean recoil of each gun for every day, after reducing them all to the same weight of gun, 917lb, and weight of ball, 16oz 13dr, and to the same radius 1000, in the manner specified in Art. 105, they will stand as in this following table.

    Powder, oz 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
        90 148 197 241 260 290 294 329
        91 145 196 226 253 273 295 331
            199 234 260 281 313 331
    GUN no 1         232   287    
              234        
              240        
              244        
              239        
      mediums 90 146 197 236 258 283 301 330
        92 152 207 249 274 296 305 360
        95 157   244 276 304 343 364
    GUN no 2         244       348
              246        
      mediums 94 154 207 246 275 300 324 358
        99 166 216 259       399
    GUN no 3   100 163 218 257       380
          164   260        
      mediums 99 164 217 259       390
        101 163   266       397
    GUN no 4                 417
      mediums 101 163   266       407

    Page 245

    Some of these mediums are not very accurate, for want of a good number of repetitions, and especially those of the last gun no 4, which has only one duplicate. In this gun the recoils appear to be all rather low in respect of the others, but more especially that with the charge of 4 oz of powder, which is evidently much more defective than the rest, and requires an increase of about 6 to make it uniform with the others, and which increase it would probably have received from future experi∣ments, had there been any repetitions of it. Augmenting therefore only that number by 6, all the orders of means will be tolerably regular, and stand as below, for the most usual charges of powder, namely, 2, 4, 8, and 16 ounces.

    Gun Powder
    no 2 4 8 16
      Recoils with Balls
    1 90 146 236 330
    2 94 154 246 358
    3 99 164 259 390
    4 101 169 266 407
    The common weight of ball being 16oz 13 dr, and the weight of the gun 917lb; the other circumstances being as in Art. 106.

    110. From the several vertical columns of this tablet of means, we discover, that the recoils increase always as the length of the gun in∣creases; but that in the 4th or longest gun, the increase is less, in pro∣portion, than in the others. And from the horizontal lines we perceive, that the recoil always increases as the charge of powder increases, and that in a manner tolerably regular; and also in continued geometrical proportion when the charges of powder are so; but the common ratio in the former progression being only about ¼ of that in the latter. For, if the mediums, for each gun, be divided by each other, namely, the

    Page 246

    2d by the 1st, the 3d by the 2d, and the 4th by the 3d, the quotients or ratios will come out as in the following tablet:

    Powder Ratios for the Gun
      no 1 no 2 no 3 no 4
    2 1.62 1.64 1.66 1.67
    4 1.61 1.60 1.58 1.57
    8 1.40 1.45 1.50 1.53
    16        
    means 1.54 1.56 1.58 1.59
    where the numbers in the vertical columns, or the ratios for each gun separately, continually decrease; and the numbers in the horizontal lines, or for the different guns with the same weights of powder, rather in∣crease in the first and third line, but decrease in the second, and again rather increase in the last, which are the mediums of the three ratios in each column, and which mean ratios are rather more than ¾ of 2, the common ratio of the weights of powder, which are 2, 4, 8, 16 ounces.

    And if we divide the numbers or ratios, in each column, continually by each other; and their quotients by each other again; the whole continued series or columns of ratios, for each gun, will be as here below:

    No 1 No 2 No 3 No 4
    90       94       99       101      
      1.62       1.64       1.66       1.67    
    146   .994   154   .976   164   .952   169   .940  
      1.61   .88   1.60   .93   1.58   1.00   1.57   1.04
    236   .870   246   .906   259   .950   266   .974  
      1.40       1.45       1.50       1.53    
    330       358       390       407      
    where the first column, in each no or gun, contains the recoils with 2,

    Page 247

    4, 8, 16 ounces of powder; the 2d column contains the ratios of those recoils; the 3d contains the 2d ratios, and the last the 3d ratios.

    Or the same table may, for some purposes, be more conveniently placed as below, where the vertical columns are ranged in horizontal lines:

    No 1 No 2 No 3 No 4
    90 146 236 330 94 154 246 358 99 164 259 390 101 169 266 407
    1.62 1.61 1.40   1.64 1.60 1.45   1.66 1.58 1.50   1.67 1.57 1.53  
    .994 .870     .976 .906     .952 .950     .940 .974    
    .88       .93       1.00       1.04      

    OF THE MEAN VELOCITY OF THE BALL FROM THE RECOIL OF THE GUN.

    III. HAVING determined the mean recoil of the guns, both with and without balls, for the charges of 2, 4, 8, 16 ounces; we can now assign the mean velocity of the ball, for each gun and charge, from the recoils; if, as Robins has asserted, the force of the powder upon the gun be the same, whether it is fired with a ball or without one. For, if that property be generally true, then the velocity of the ball must be propor∣tional to the difference of the chords of recoil with and without a ball; and that difference being multiplied by a certain constant number, will give the velocity of the ball itself; as we have before shewn.

    Now if c denote the difference of those chords, b the weight of the ball, G the weight of the gun, g the distance to its center of gravity, i the distance to the axis of the bore, and n the number of oscillations the gun would make in a minute; then we have found, in Art. 68, that

    Page 248

    59/96 × Ggc/bin will express the velocity of the ball. And that when G = 917, g = 80.47, i = 89.15, and n = 40, which are the medium values of those letters, then the same theorem becomes 51/4 × c / b for the velocity of the ball. And, farther, when the mean value of b is 1.051 or 16 oz 13 dr, the same theorem for the velocity becomes barely 12 1/7c. Subtracting however the 700th part in the gun no 1, and ad∣ding in the other three guns, as follows, namely,

    • the 1000th part in no 2,
    • 400th part in no 3,
    • 300th part in no 4.

    Therefore if each of the recoils without balls, in the last table of Art. 106, be taken from the corresponding recoils in Art. 109, and the re∣mainders be multiplied by 12 1/7, making the additions and subtractions above-mentioned, we shall have the corresponding velocities of the ball by this method. And a synopsis of the whole, for each gun and charge, will be as in the following table:

    Charges, 2 oz 4 oz 8 oz 16 oz
    Gun no Recoil Diff Veloc of ball Recoil Diff Veloc of ball Recoil Diff Veloc of ball Recoil Diff Veloc of ball
      with ball without ball     with ball without ball     with ball without ball     with ball without ball    
    1 90 22 68 825 146 53 93 1127 236 117 119 1443 330 220 110 1334
    2 94 23 71 863 154 55 99 1203 246 121 125 1520 358 237 121 1471
    3 99 24 75 913 164 57 107 1302 259 125 134 1631 390 252 138 1680
    4 101 25 76 926 169 59 110 1340 266 129 137 1669 407 265 142 1730
    And we shall hereafter see how far these agree with the velocities com∣puted from the vibration of the pendulum.

    Page 249

    OF THE VELOCITY OF THE BALL, AS COMPUTED FROM THE PENDULUM AND GUN.

    112. THE four following tables contain the mediums of the velocities of the balls, as computed for each day, for all the principal charges of powder, and for each gun separately; one table being allotted for each. In these tables all the mediums are arranged in a continued series, in the chronological order as they occurred, and accompanied with all the cir∣cumstances necessary to be known; thus forming a fund or collection of elements, from which other arrangements and principles are to be deduced.

    Each table consists of ten columns. The first column contains the dates; the next three the state of the weather and air; namely, the 2d column the hygrometer, or state of the air as to dryness and moisture; the 3d the barometer; and the 4th the thermometer; both which last instruments, it must be observed, were always placed in the shade, and within the house, while the experiments were made in the open air, where it was commonly much hotter than the degree shewn by the ther∣mometer. The 5th column contains the weight of the charge of powder; the 6th and 7th the weight and diameter of the ball; the 8th and 9th the velocity of the ball, the former as computed from the vibration of the pendulum, and the latter from the recoil of the gun; and finally the 10th column contains the difference between these two velocities, which is marked with the negative sign (−) when the velocity by the gun is the less of the two.

    Page 250

    Daily Mediums of Experiments with the Gun no 1.
    Date Hygrometer Barometer Thermom Powder Ball's Velocity by the Diff
    wt diam pend gun
    1783   inches degrees oz oz dr inches feet feet feet
    June 30 dry 30.34 74 16 16 13 1.95 1456 1315 − 141
    July 17 dry 30.23 72 8     1.96 1471 1501 30
    19 dry 30.12 70 2       797 832 35
    19       4       1109 1145 36
    31 dry 30.13 69 12       1412 1374 − 38
    31       16       1367 1334 − 33
    Aug 12 wet 30.00 64 16   12½   1419 1399 − 20
    Sept 10       2       785 838 53
    Sept 10 dry 29.7 60 4       1087 1122 35
    Sept 10       8       1353 1396 43
    18       8   13   1383    
    18       10       1417    
    18       12       1375    
    18       14       1333    
    18 dry 30.08 64 16       1243 D    
    18       20       1144    
    18       24       1194    
    18       32       880    
    18       36       838    
    30       6   14   1331    
    30       8       1386    
    30 dry 30.25 64 10       1402    
    30       12       1453    
    30       14       1402    
    1784 Aug 4 wet     6       1295 1339 44
    11       6       1368    
    11       8   15 1.97 1475    
    11 hazy 30.25 65 10   15   1493    
    11       12   14⅔   1520    
    11       14   14⅔   1528    
    Sept 10       2   12 1.96 755    
    Sept 10 fair     4       1131 1170 39
    Sept 10       6       1370 1358 − 12
    Sept 10       8       1475    
    21       4   12 1.97 1124    
    21 fair     6   12 1.97 1372    
    21       8   11 1.96 1445    
    Oct. 4       2   13 1.96 759    
    Oct. 4 dry     4   12 1.96 1086    
    Oct. 4       6   12 1.96 1325    
    Oct. 4.       8   12 1.96 1472    
    5 dry     8   13 1.96 1411    
    6 dry     8   9 1.95 1436    
    11 hazy     8   7 1.95 1444    

    Page 251

    Daily Mediums of Experiments with the Gun no 2.
    Date Hygrometer Barometer Thermom Powder Ball's Velocity by the Diff
    wt diam pend gun
    1783   inches degrees oz oz dr inches feet feet feet
    July 23       2 16 13½ 1.96 793 840 47
    July 23 dry 29.88 70 4   13½   1135 D 1207 72
    July 23       8   13   1566 1592 26
    July 23       16   13   1660 1499 −161
    Aug 12 wet 30.00 64 16   12½   1676 1497 −179
    Sept 11       2       856 846 −10
    Sept 11 dry 29.93 60 4       1239 1220 −19
    Sept 11       8       1571 1452 −119
    Sept 11       8   12   1569    
    25       10       1608    
    25 dry 29.93 59 12       1615    
    25       14       1517 D    
    25       16       1664 D    
    29       6   11½   1448    
    29       8       1561    
    29       10       1618    
    29 dry 30.28 64 12       1669    
    29       14       1662    
    29       16       1637    
    29       18   11   1598    
    29       20       1639 D    
    1785                    
    Sept 2 cloudy     8   13 1.96 1503    
    9 dry     4   12 1.96 1204    

    Page 252

    Daily Mediums of Experiments with the Gun no 3.
    Date Hygrometer Barometer Thermom Powder Ball's Velocity by the Diff
    wt diam pend gun
    1783   inches degrees oz oz dr inches feet feet feet
    July 12 dry     16 16 13 1.96 2030 1706 − 324
    18 dry 30.28 68 4     1.96 1353 1321 − 32
    18       8       1766 1620 −146
    19 dry 30.12 70 2       898 921 23
    Aug 13 cloudy 30.17 64 8   12½   1803 1594 −209
    Aug 13       16       1966 1542 − 424
    Sept 8 moist 30.03 61 2   13   926 928 2
    Sept 8       4       1334 1266 − 68
    1784                    
    Aug 5 dry 29.98 68 6   14 1.97 1616    
    Sept 11       4 15 2 1.87 1225    
    Sept 11       4 16 2 1.92 1244    
    Sept 11 dry     4 16 14 1.97 1346    
    Sept 11       8 15 2 1.87 1662    
    Sept 11       8 16 3 1.92 1728    
    Sept 11       8 16 14 1.97 1815    
    16       4 16 9 1.96 1388 D    
    Daily Mediums of Experiments with the Gun no 4.
    Date Hygrometer Barometer Thermom Powder Ball's Velocity by the Diff
    wt diam pend gun
    1783   inches degrees oz oz dr inches feet feet feet
    July 29 dry 29.90 72 8 16 13 1.96 1936 1643 −293
    July 29       16       2161 1656 − 505
    30 dry 30.06 69 2       968 929 − 39
    30       4   12   1375 1295 − 80
    1784                    
    Oct 12 dry     16   11   2060    

    Page 253

    113. The foregoing tables contain the several mediums of velocities, for each day, and for all varieties in the circumstances of powder, and weight and diameter of ball. It will now then be proper to collect to∣gether all the repetitions of the same charge or weight of powder, and to take the mediums of all those mediums, to serve as fixed radical numbers, or established degrees of velocity, adapted to all the various charges of powder, and length of gun. And for this purpose, I shall reduce the numbers of these tables all to one common weight and dia∣meter of ball, namely, to the weight 16 oz 13 dr, and the diameter 1.96 inches, which are the numbers that most commonly occur. And this reduction will be very well deduced from the experiments of September 11, 1784, when several trials were made with divers weights and diame∣ters of ball, and with both 4 oz and 8 oz of powder, the results of which accord very well together. In the experiments of that day, it was found that, with the 4 oz charges, 1/7 of the whole velocity is lost by the dif∣ference of 1/10 of an inch in the diameter of the ball; and, with the 8 oz charge, 2/15 of the velocity is lost by the same difference of windage. But the quantity of inflamed fluid which escapes, will be nearly as the difference between the area of the circle of the bore and the great circle of the ball, or the force will be as the square of the ball's diameter; and the velocity, we know, is as the square root of the force: and there∣fore the velocity is as the diameter of the ball; and the difference in the velocity, as the difference of the diameter, or as the windage. Hence, if w denote any difference of windage in parts of an inch, or difference between 1.96 and the diameter of any ball, and 1/m the part of the experi∣mented velocity lost by 1/10 of an inch difference of windage; then shall 1/10 ∶ w ∷ 1/m ∶ 10w/m, which last term will shew what part of the ex∣perimented velocity is lost by the increase of windage denoted by 10. By this rule then, I reduce all the velocities to what they would have been, had the diameter of the ball been always 1.96. It is to be noted

    Page 254

    however, that the value of m will vary with the charge of powder: with 4 ounces of powder, it was found that 1/m was 1/7 of the whole velocity, or ⅙ of the experimented velocity; but with 8 oz of powder, 1/m was found to be 2/15 of the whole, or 2/13 of the experimented velocity. We shall not be far from the truth therefore, if we take the following values of 1/m, to the several corresponding charges of powder; that is, as far as 16 oz in the guns no 3 and 4, and then returning backwards again as the powder is increased above 16 oz, by 2 oz at a time; but in the gun no 2, to continue only to 14 oz, and then return backwards again for all above 14 oz; and for the gun no 1, to continue only to 12 oz, and then return backwards for all above that charge.

    Powder Value of 1/m
    2 2/11 = .182
    4 ⅙ = .167
    6 4/25 = .160
    8 2/13 = .154
    10 4/27 = .148
    12 1/7 = .143
    14 4/29 = .138
    16 2/15 = .133

    Such then is the reduction of the velocity on account of the windage. And as to that for the different weights of the ball, we know that the velocity varies in the reciprocal subduplicate ratio of the weight; and according to this rule the numbers were corrected on account of the different weights of ball. After these reductions then are made, the numbers in the foregoing tables, arranged under their respective charges of powder, will be as here below, for a ball of 1.96 diameter, and weighing 16 oz 13 dr.

    Page 255

    Mean Velocities of Balls, for all the Guns, with several Charges of Powder, reduced to a Ball of 1.96 Diameter, and weighing 16 oz 13 dr.
    Powder, oz 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
        797 1109 1334 1471 1417 1412 1333 1478
        784 1086 1298 1352 1405 1375 1405 1367
        754 1129 1371 1383 1476 1453 1511 1418
        759 1103 1368 1389   1503   1243 D
          1084 1347 1458        
    GUN no 1       1322 1472        
              1439        
              1469        
              1411        
              1447        
              1449        
      mediums 774 1102 1340 1431 1433 1436 1416 1377
        794 D 1136 D 1444 1566 1605 1612 1657 1660
        855 1238   1569 1613 1664   1674
    GUN no 2     1204   1566       1661
              1557       1632
              1503        
      mediums 825 1191 1444 1552 1609 1638 1657 1656
        898 1353 1593 1766       2030
        926 1334   1801       1966
    GUN no 3     1327   1793        
          1378 D            
      mediums 912 1348 D 1593 1787       1998
        968 1373   1936       2161
    GUN no 4                 2052
      mediums 968 1373   1936       2106

    114. These last medium velocities, for each gun, will be tolerably

    Page 256

    near the truth; and the more so, commonly, as the number of the other mediums is the greater. For want, however, of a sufficient number of each sort, there are some small irregularities among the final mediums, which may be corrected, for the most part, by adding or subtracting 3 or 4 feet, as they are sometimes too little, and sometimes too great. And these small deviations will be very easily discovered by dividing the mediums by each other, namely, each of the velocities for 4, 6, 8, &c. ounces of powder, by that for 2 ounces. For we know, from the prin∣ciples of forces, and other experiments, that the velocities will be nearly as the square roots of the quantities of powder; that is, while the length of the charge does not much shorten the length of the bore before the ball; but gradually deviating from that proportion more and more, as the charge of powder is increased in length; because the force has gra∣dually a less distance and time to act upon the ball in. Now by dividing the quantities of powder 4, 6, 8, &c. by 2, the quotients 2, 3, 4, &c. shew the ratios of the charges; and the roots of these numbers, namely,

    • 1.414
    • 1.732
    • 2.000
    • &c.
    shew the ratios which the velocities would have to each other nearly, if the empty part of the bore was always of the same length. But as the vacant part always decreases as the charge increases, the ratios of the velocities may be expected to fall short of those above, and the sooner and the more so, as the gun is shorter. Accordingly, on trial, we find the ratios hold pretty well, even in the shortest gun, as far as to the 6oz charge; but in the 8oz charge it falls about 1/13 or 1/14 part below the true ratio, being 1.85 instead of 2. In the longer guns, the proportions hold out gradually longer, and the deviations are always less and less: thus, in the 2d gun, the ratio for the 8oz charge is about 1.895, in the 3d it is 1.945, and in the 4th gun it is 1.999 or 2 very nearly. And so for other charges. Correcting then some of the mediums by

    Page 257

    means of this property, the more accurate radical medium velocities, for each gun, with the several charges of 2, 4, 6, and 8 ounces of powder, will be as here below:

    Powder Gun no 1 No 2 No 3 No 4
      Ratio. Veloc. Dif 1. 11. Ratio. Veloc. Dif 1. 11. Ratio. Veloc. Dif 1. 11. Ratio. Veloc. Dif 1. 11.
    2   780       835       920       970    
          320       345       380       400  
    4 1.140 1100   80 1.414 1180   80 1.413 1300   90 1.412 1370   90
          240       265       290       310  
    6 1.731 1340   150 1.730 1445   130 1.729 1590   90 1.732 1680   50
          90       135       200       260  
    8 1.850 1430     1.893 1580     1.945 1790     2.000 1940    
    where the velocity is set in large characters in the middle column; on the left hand in a small character, is the ratio, which is found by dividing each velocity by the first, the law of which ratios has been mentioned above; and on the right hand are the columns of first and second dif∣ferences; the first being the difference between each two succeeding numbers, and the second the differences of those differences.

    Or, for some purposes, it may be more convenient to rangethe veloci∣ties, &c. as here below:

    Gun no 2 oz 4 oz 6 oz 8 oz
    1 780   1.410 1100   1.731 1340   1.850 1430  
        55     80     105     150
    2 835   1.414 1180   1.730 1445   1.893 1580  
        85     120     145     210
    3 920   1.413 1300   1.729 1590   1.945 1790  
        50     70     90     150
    4 970   1.412 1370   1.732 1680   2.000 1940  
    where the numbers are here placed in horizontal lines, which before were vertical; and vertical here, those which before were horizontal. And where the law, both of the ratios and differences, is evident. We also hence perceive how, for each charge, the velocity of the ball is continually increased as the gun is longer.

    And these velocities may be considered as standard radical numbers, here deposited, and ready to be applied to any purpose, in which the consideration of the velocity can be useful. And those for the other charges of powder will be as in the general table in Art. 113.

    Page 258

    115. These velocities however, it must be remarked, are those with which the ball strikes the pendulum, after passing through the air be∣tween it and the muzzle of the gun; and consequently they are less than the velocities with which it immediately issues from the gun, by as much velocity as the ball loses by the resistance of the air, in its flight through that space. Now we have found, in Art. 33, that the first velocities lose at least their 84th part by that resistance, when the air behind the ball is supposed instantly to fill up the place always quitted by the ball in its flight. But as this is not exactly the case, the air rushing into a vacuum with a certain finite velocity, therefore the part lost will be gra∣dually more and more as the ball moves swifter, till its velocity become equal to that of the air itself; after which the part lost will remain con∣stant. And Mr. Robins asserts that the velocity lost by very swift motions, is about 3 times as great as that lost by slow ones; and there∣fore that will be about the 28th part. So that the loss will always lie between the 84th part and the 28th part. I shall therefore leave it in this uncertain state, till other experiments enable us to ascertain what may be the exact proportion of loss peculiar to every degree of velocity.

    116. From the general table of medium velocities in Art. 113, it is evident that, for each gun, the velocity increases with the charge to a certain extent, where it is greatest; and that afterwards it gradually decreases as the charge is increased. It farther appears that the point, or charge, at which the velocity is the greatest, is different in the guns of different lengths; the charge which gives the maximum of velocity, being always greater, as the gun is longer. And by tracing this increase of charge, from the beginning, to the point of greatest velocity, it ap∣pears that, with the 1st, 2d, and 3d guns, the charges which give the greatest velocities, are nearly as follows, viz.

    • Gun no 1 at the charge of 12oz,
    • Gun no 2 at the charge of 14oz,
    • Gun no 3 at the charge of 16oz.

    Page 259

    Here it will not be so proper to specify what portion of the weight of the ball these weights of powder are; being no ways regulated by that circumstance; but what portion of the bore of the gun is filled with these quantities of powder. Now, by the table of the lengths of charges in Art. 104, it appears that the lengths of the charges of 12, 14, and 16oz, are these, viz.

    • 12oz 8.20 inches; gun 1, its length 28.2
    • 14oz 9.5 inches; gun 2 its length 38.1
    • 16oz 10.7 inches; gun 3 its length 57.4
    Then dividing each length of charge by its corresponding length of gun, we obtain nearly these three following fractions, viz.
    • 3/10 in gun 1 of 15 calibers long
    • ¼ in gun 2 of 20 calibers long
    • 3/10 in gun 3 of 30 calibers long
    which express what part of the bore is filled with powder, when the greatest velocity is given to the ball, with each of these lengths of gun. And which therefore is not one and the same constant part for all lengths of gun, but varying nearly in the reciprocal subduplicate ratio of the length of the bore.

    117. Having so far settled the degree of velocity of the ball, as de∣termined by the vibration of the pendulum, we may in like manner now proceed to assign the mean velocities, as deduced from the recoil of the gun. The repetitions in this latter way are not so numerous as in the former; but, such as they are, we shall here abstract them from the general tables in Art. 112, reducing them, however, all to the same common weight and diameter of ball, as was done in Art. 113.

    Page 260

    Mean Velocities from the Recoil of the Gun.
    Powder, oz 2 4 6 8 12 16
        832 1145 1344 1501 1374 1337
    GUN no 1   837 1120 1352 1393   1334
          1165       1396
      mediums 835 1143 1348 1447 1374 1356
        841 1209   1592   1499
    GUN no 2   845 1218   1450   1494
      mediums 843 1213   1521   1496
        921 1321   1620   1706
    GUN no 3   928 1266   1591   1540
      mediums 925 1294   1605   1623
    GUN no 4   929 1293   1643   1656

    These mediums however are not so exact as those in Art. 111, be∣cause those were deduced from a greater number of particulars. We shall therefore chiefly adopt those that were stated in that article, for the radical standard velocities of the ball, as determined from the recoil of the gun, excepting in some instances when the other is used, and sometimes the mediums of both. So that the final mediums will be as follows:

    Velocities of the Ball from the Recoil of the Gun.
    Gun no 2 oz 4 oz 8 oz 16 oz
    1 830 1135 1445 1345
    2 863 1203 1521 1485
    3 919 1294 1631 1680
    4 929 1317 1669 1730

    Page 261

    118. Let us now compare these velocities, deduced from the recoil of the gun, with those that are stated in Art. 113 and 114, which were determined from the pendulum; that we may see how near they will agree together. And, in this comparison, it will be sufficient to employ the velocities for 2, 4, 8, and 16 ounces of powder; this will be the most certain also, as these mediums are better determined than most of the others.

    Comparison of the Velocities by the Gun and Pendulum.
    Gun no 2 oz 4 oz 8 oz 16 oz
    Velocity by Dif Velocity by Dif Velocity by Dif Velocity by Dif
    gun pend gun pend gun pend gun pend
    1 830 780 50 1135 1100 35 1445 1430 15 1345 1377 − 32
    2 863 835 28 1203 1180 23 1521 1580 − 59 1485 1656 −171
    3 919 920 −1 1294 1300 − 6 1631 1790 −159 1680 1998 − 318
    4 929 970 − 41 1317 1370 − 53 1669 1940 −271 1730 2106 − 376

    In this table, the first column shews the number of the gun; and its velocity of ball, both by the vibration of the gun and pendulum, with their differences, is on the same line with it, for the several charges of powder. After the first column, the rest of the page is divided into four spaces, for the four charges, 2, 4, 8, 16 ounces; and each of these is divided into three columns: in the first of the three, is the velocity of the ball as determined from the vibration of the gun; in the second is the ball as determined from the vibration of the pendulum; and in the third is the difference between the two, which is marked with the negative sign, or −, when the former velocity is less than the latter, otherwise it is positive.

    119. From the comparison contained in the last article, it appears, in general, that the velocities, determined by the two different ways, do not

    Page 262

    agree together; and that therefore the method of determining the ve∣locity of the ball from the recoil of the gun, is not generally true, although Mr. Robins and Mr. Thompson had suspected it to be so; and consequently that the effect of the inflamed powder on the recoil of the gun, is not exactly the same when it is fired without a ball, as when it is fired with one. It also appears that this difference is no ways regular, neither in the different guns with the same charge, nor in the same gun with different charges of powder. That with very small charges, the velocity by the gun is greater than that by the pendulum; but that the latter always gains upon the former, and soon becomes equal to it; and then exceeds it more and more as the charge of powder is increased. That the particular charge, at which the two velocities become equal, is different in the different guns; and that this charge is less, or the equality sooner takes place, as the gun is longer. And all this, whether we use the actual velocity with which the ball strikes the pendulum, or the same increased by the velocity lost by the resistance of the air, in its flight from the gun to the pendulum.

    OF THE RANGES AND TIMES OF FLIGHT.

    120. HAVING dispatched what relates to the velocity of the ball, we may now proceed in like manner to the experiments made to determine the actual ranges, and the times of flight of the balls.

    The mediums of these, hitherto obtained, are not so numerous as could be wished; however, such as they are, we shall here collect them in the same manner as we did the circumstances relating to the initial velocities in Art. 112.

    Page 263

    Mediums of Ranges and Times of Flight.
    Date Hygrometer Barometer Thermom Powder Ball's Elevat gun Time fit Range
    wt diam
    1785   inches degrees oz oz dr inches degrees sec feet
    Sept 2 cloudy 29.80 66 8 16 13 1.965 15 14.0 5916
    8 hazy 30.02 65 8 16 12 1.96 15 14.7 6216
    14 clear 30.50 67 4 16 12 1.96 15 8.4 4398
    28 clear 30.35 60 4 16 10 1.963 15 8.3 4523
    28       2 16 8 1.97 45 22.0 5068
    29 clear 30.35 60 2 16 12 1.95 45 20.3 5150
    29       12 16 12 1.95 15 15.5 6700
    1786                    
    June 12 clear 29.89 63 4 16 3 1.957 15 11.0 5060
    June 12       2 16 5 1.959 15 9.2 4130
    1785                    
    Oct 4 rain 29.93   8 15 3 1.96 15   5600
    11 clear 29.88 60 8 15 12 1.96 15 10.1 5620
    Of these, the first 6 days experiments were with the gun no 2; and the last two days, with the gun no 3.

    121. Now, by taking again the mediums of these, both in the balls, and their ranges and times of flight, they will finally come out as follows:

    Final Mediums of Ranges and Times.
    GUN Powder Ball's Elevat gun Time fit Range Veloc. ball
    wt diam
      oz oz dr inches degrees sec feet feet
      2 16 10 1.96 45 21.2 5109 863
      2 16 5 1.959 15 9.2 4130 868
    No 2 4 16 8⅓ 1.96 15 9.2 4660 1234
      8 16 12½ 1.962 15 14.4 6066 1644
      12 16 12 1.95 15 15.5 6700 1676
    No 3 8 15 1.96 15 10.1 5610 1938

    Page 264

    And in the last column are added the corresponding initial velocities, which the ball would have at the muzzle of the gun; which have been extracted from the medium velocities, as determined by the pendulum, and here reduced to the peculiar weight and diameter of ball in each particular case of this table, by the reductions specified in Art. 113, and by augmenting the velocity for the 2 ounce charge by its 36th part, and the others by their 28th part, for the loss of velocity in passing from the gun to the pendulum.

    So that in this little table, we have the following concomitant data, determined with a tolerable degree of precision; namely, the weight of powder, the weight and diameter of the ball, the initial or projectile velocity, the elevation of the gun, the time of the ball's flight, and its range, or the distance of the horizontal plane. From which it is hoped that the resistance of the medium, and its effect on other elevations, &c. may be determined, and so afford the means of deriving easy rules for the several cases of practical gunnery: a subject intended to be prosecuted in a future volume of these Tracts.

    OF THE BALL's PENETRATION INTO THE WOOD.

    I SHALL here select only the depths of the penetrations into the block of wood, that have been made in the course of the last year's experi∣ments, as they are the most numerous and uniform, and were all made with the same gun, namely, no 2. I shall also select only those for 2, 4, and 8 ounces of powder, as they are the most useful and certain numbers for affording safe and general conclusions; and besides, the trials with other charges are too few in number, being commonly no more than one of each.

    Page 265

    Mean Penetrations of Balls into Elm Wood.
    Powder 2 4 8
      7 16.6 18.9
        13.5 21.2
          18.1
          20.8
          20.5
    means 7 15 20

    That is, the balls penetrated about

    • 7 inches deep with 2 oz of powder
    • 15 inches deep with 4 oz of powder
    • 20 inches deep with 8 oz of powder
    And these penetrations are nearly as the numbers 2, 4, 6, or 1, 2, 3; but the quantities of powder are as 2, 4, 8, or 1, 2, 4; so that the penetrations are as the charges as far as 4 ounces, but in a less ratio at 8 ounces, namely, less in the ra∣tio of 3 to 4. And are indeed, so far, proportional to the logarithms of the charges.

    Now, by the theory of penetrations, the depths ought to be as the charges, or, which is the same thing, as the squares of the velocities. But from our experiments it appears that the penetrations fall short of that proportion in the higher charges. And therefore it would seem, that the resisting force of the wood is not uniformly the same; but that it increases a little with the increased velocity of the ball. And this probably may be occasioned by the greater quantity of fibres driven be∣fore the ball; which may thus increase the spring or resistance of the wood, and so prevent the ball from penetrating so deep as it otherwise would do. But it will require sarther experiments in suture to deter∣mine this point more accurately.

    Page 266

    124. Before we conclude this tract, it may not be unuseful to make a short recapitulation of the more remarkable deductions that have been drawn from the experiments, in the course of these calculations. For by bringing them together into one collected point of view, we may, at any time, easily see what useful points of knowledge are hereby obtained, and thence be able to judge what remains yet to be done by future experiments. Having therefore experimented and examined all the objects that were pointed out in art. 5, p. 104, & seq. we shall just slightly mention the answers to these enquiries; which are either addi∣tions to, or confirmations of, those laid down p. 102, as drawn from our former experiments in the year 1775.

    And 1st, then, it may be remarked that the former law, between the charge and velocity of ball, is again confirmed, namely, that the velo∣city is directly as the square root of the weight of powder, as far as to about the charge of 8 ounces: and so it would continue for all charges, were the guns of an indefinite length. But as the length of the charge is increased, and bears a more considerable proportion to the length of the bore, the velocity falls the more short of that proportion.

    2nd. That the velocity of the ball increases with the charge, to a cer∣tain point, which is peculiar to each gun, where it is greatest; and that by further increasing the charge, the velocity gradually diminishes till the bore is quite full of powder. That this charge for the greatest velocity is greater as the gun is longer, but not greater however in so high a proportion as the length of the gun is; so that the part of the bore filled with powder bears a less proportion to the whole in the long guns, than it does in the shorter ones; the part of the whole which is filled being indeed nearly in the reciprocal subduplicate ratio of the length of the empty part. And the other circumstances are as in this

    Page 267

    Table of Charges producing the Greatest Velocity.
    Gun no Length of the bore Length filled Part of the whole Weight of the powder
      inches inches   oz
    1 28.2 8.2 3/20 12
    2 38.1 9.5 3/12 14
    3 57.4 10.7 3/16 16
    4 79.9 12.1 3/20 18

    3dly. It appears that the velocity continually increases as the gun is longer, though the increase in velocity is but very small in respect to the increase in length, the velocities being in a ratio somewhat less than that of the square roots of the length of the bore, but somewhat greater than that of the cube roots of the length, and is indeed nearly in the middle ratio between the two. But the particular degrees of velocity for each gun, and charge, may be seen at p. 255 and 257.

    4thly. It appears, from the table of ranges in art. 121, p. 263, that the range increases in a much less ratio than the velocity, and indeed is nearly as the square root of the velocity, the gun and elevation being the same. And when this is compared with the property of the velocity and length of gun in the foregoing paragraph, we perceive that we gain extremely little in the range by a great increase in the length of the gun, the charge being the same. And indeed the range is nearly as the 5th root of the length of the bore; which is so small an increase, as to amount only to about 1/7th part more range for a double length of gun.

    5thly. From the same table in art. 121, it also appears that the time of slight is nearly as the range; the gun and elevation being the same.

    Page 268

    6thly. It appears that there is no difference caused in the velocity or range, by varying the weight of the gun, nor by the use of wads, nor by different degrees of ramming, nor by firing the charge of powder in different parts of it.

    7thly. But a very great difference in the velocity arises from a small degree of windage. Indeed with the usual established windage only, namely, about 1/20th of the caliber, no less than between ⅓ and ¼ of the powder escapes and is lost. And as the balls are often smaller than that size, it frequently happens that ½ the powder is lost by unnecessary windage.

    8thly. It appears that the resisting force of wood, to balls fired into it, is not constant. And that the depths penetrated by different velo∣cities or charges, are nearly as the logarithms of the charges, instead of being as the charges themselves, or, which is the same thing, as the square of the velocity.

    9thly. These, and most other experiments, shew that balls are greatly deflected from the direction they are projected in; and that so much as 300 or 400 yards in a range of a mile, or almost ¼th of the range, which is nearly a deflection of an angle of 15 degrees.

    10thly. Finally, these experiments furnish us with the following con∣comitant data, to a tolerable degree of accuracy; namely, the dimensions and elevation of the gun, the weight and dimensions of the powder and shot, with the range and time of slight, and first velocity of the ball; from which it is to be hoped that the measure of the resistance of the air to projectiles may be determined, and thereby lay the foundation for a true and practical system of gunnery, which may be as well useful in service as in theory; especially after a sew more accurate ranges are determined with better balls than some of the last employed on the fore∣going ranges.

    Page [unnumbered]

    [figure]
    PLATE I.

    Page [unnumbered]

    [figure]
    PLATE II.

    Page [unnumbered]

    [figure]
    PLATE III.

    Page [unnumbered]

    [figure]
    PLATE IV.

    Do you have questions about this content? Need to report a problem? Please contact us.